2020人教版英语七年级上册全册全套单元优质课件 1765页

全册全套优质课件 人教版七年级英语上册分单元课件 Unit1- u nit9 （含 starter ） Starter 人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件 Unit1- u nit3 1a-2e Learn the pronunciation and writing of letters Aa~Hh and consolidate the pronouncing rules of the vowel letters A, E in English words. Learn to say hello to people with hello, hi, Good morning/afternoon/evening and their answers. Learn to greet people with “How are you ?” and their answers. Language Goal Hi! Wu Yifan! Say hello to our friends. （跟我们的朋友们问好吧 。 ） Hi ! Chen Ming! Warming up Hello! Mike! Say hello to our friends. （跟我们的朋友们问好吧 。 ） Good morning, John! Say hello to our friends. （跟我们的朋友们问好吧 。 ） Now, let’s meet some new friends. This is … 这位是 …… Write down the names in the picture. Boys’ names: ___________ ___________ Girl’s names: ________ ________ Bob Dale Eric Frank Alice Cindy Helen Grace 1a Good morning！ 早上/上午好！是早上或上午十二点前较为正式的问候语，答语仍为 Good morning！ 在非正式场合下，可省略 good ，只用 Morning！ 来相互问候 。 Language points 1.— Good morning，Mr Chen． —________，Alice. A．Good evening B．Good morning C．Good afternoon B 【 运用 】 hello interj . 你好；喂 hello “ 你好 ” ， hello 同 hi 一样，用于朋友、熟人之间 非正式的问候 ，是常见的比较随便的问候语。 例如： — Hello , Frank! — 你好，弗兰克 ! — Hello , Eric! — 你好，埃里克 ! 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 Hello! 与 Hi! Hello ！ 意为“你好！”，是比较随意的、不分时间的一种问候语，通常用于打招呼、打电话，引起对方注意。 Hi ！ 意为“你好！”，比 Hello 使用时更随意。 中国人与外国人打招呼的差异  “吃了吗” , “去哪儿”是中国人习惯的打招呼方式，而西方人就简单问声好，一个“ Hello ” 就好！ 1.— Hello，Bob． — ______，Tim． A．How are you B．Hello C．Good morning 2. — Hello，Bob! — ________，Frank． A．OK B．Hi C．Thanks B B 【 运用 】 3. 下列选项中与 “ Hello，Helen ” 意思 最相近的一项____ A．Good morning，Helen． B．Morning good，Helen． C．Hi，Helen． C 1b Listen and repeat. 1b Good morning, Helen! Hi, Bob! Good morning, Alice! Good morning, Cindy! Hello, Frank! Hello, Eric! Good morning, Dale! 1c Practice the conversations in the picture. Greet your new friend in the class. Good morning,…! Hi,…! A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z ( 26 个 ) Do you know them? Aa Bb Cc Dd Ee Ff Gg Hh Listen and repeat. 2a h a e g d b c f 8 1 5 7 4 2 3 6 Listen and number the letters you hear［1-8］. 2b Look and copy. Look and copy. 2c D A B E H F C G f e g a c b h d Which letter is missing? Write the missing big letter or small letter for each pair. 2d g A C F g D b E HB CD BBC 2e Talk about what these letters mean. 中国篮球协会 Do you know what these letters mean? ABC CBC NBA CBA MBA CAAC ID 美/澳广播公司 加拿大广播公司 全美篮球协会 工商管理硕士 中国民航 身份证 IBM DDD IDD BA BC AD HK 美国国际商用机器公司 国内长途直拨 国际长途直拨 文学学士 公元前 公元 香港 I. 选择。 1. 下列字母的发音与字母B的发音所含元音音素相同的一组是________． A．EFH B．ACD C．CEG C 2. 在四线格中占格相同的一组字母________．　 A．gb B．df C．ae C Exercises 3. 下列字母是元音字母的一组是________． A．EG B．AC C．AE 4. 用来表示 “ （铅笔芯）硬黑 ” 的字母组合是________． A．BH B．HB C．GH C B 5. 按字母表顺序排列的一组字母是________． A．CEH B．DAE C．GFC 6. 找出与所给字母含有相同音素的选项： e （　　） A．c B．h C．f A A 　　 1．Hello, I’m Grace． A． 你好爱丽丝 。 　　 2．Hello, Alice． B． 你好我是格雷斯 。 　　 3．Hi, Eric． C． 你好艾瑞克 。 　　 4．Good morning, Helen． D． 我是鲍勃 。 　　 5．I am Bob． E．早上好， 海伦 。 II. 情景对话。 B A C E D III. 补充大小写字母。 Gg 分别占上两格和下两格； Hh 都占上两格； Aa 分别占上两格和中间格； Dd 都占上两格； Cc 分别占上两格和中间格； Bb 都占上两格； Ff 分别占上两格和上中下三格； Ee 分别占上两格和中间格。 1. Practice greeting your friends in English after class. 2. Recite the letters A to Hh. 3. Preview the new words and expressions. Homework 3a-4 d Language Goal To learn new words: afternoon, evening, how, are, you, I, am, fine, thanks, OK. To learn how to greet people. Good afternoon! Good evening! —How are you? —Fine./I'm fine./I'm OK, thanks. 比一比 , 看谁反应快 Warming up Listen and number the pictures［1-3］. 3a 仔细观察下面三幅图画，你知道一天当 中什么时候见面问上午好、下午好、晚上好吗？ Good morning! 8:00 Good afternoon! 15:00 Good evening! 19:00 Good afternoon! 下午好 ! 例： Good afternoon , Eric! 下午好 , 埃里克 ! Good evening , Bob! 晚上好 , 鲍勃 ! Language points 下午和晚上的问候语 (1) Good afternoon! “下午好! ”是用于下午见面时的交际用语。 (2) Good evening! “晚上好! ” 是 晚上见面时的问候语。 1. 当你晚上见到了你的好朋友，应该说 “ ________ ” .A. How are you？ B. I’m Grace C. Good evening． 2. — Good afternoon , Jack． — ________ A．Good morning , Emma . B．Good evening , Kate． C．Good afternoon , Victor . C C 3. 假如下午三点左右你在学校里遇见了你的英语 老师怀特先生，你可以说 　　　 , Mr. White! A. Good morning 　　 B. Good afternoon C. Good evening 　　　 D. Good night B Practice the conversations in 3a with your partner. 3b Listen to the conversation. Then practice it with your partner. 3c Collect your group members’ English name and put them in alphabetical order. Pair work How are you? 你好吗？ I’m fine / OK, thanks. 我很好，谢谢。 英美国家较熟悉的人之间见面时 常用的问候语 ，并不是想深 入交谈某人的健康状况， 只是一种礼貌的问候方式 ，常见的 答语为： I’m fine, thanks. / Very well. (I’m OK. / I’m all right.) Thank you./ Thanks. 【拓展】 How do you do? （你好。） 初次见面的问候语，对方 也用同样的话回答。 Language points 1.— How _____ you? — I ____ fine. Thanks. A. are; am B. are; is C. am, are 2. 下列选项中与“I am fine．Thank you .” 意思最接近的一项是________． A．I ’ m five，thanks． B．You are fine，thanks． C．I ’m fine ，thanks． 【 运用 】 A C Cindy Alice Eric Frank Choose an English name for yourself. Then greet each other. Jack Jenny 3d Hi, Cindy! How are you? Hi, Eric! I’m fine. Thanks. Hello, Alice! How are you? I’m fine. And you? I’m OK. Write the names of the children on page S1. Then write the names in alphabetical order. 4a Dale Frank Grace Alice 按性别分类 : Bob Dale Eric Frank Helen Alice Cindy Grace Name List _______________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________ Alice Bob Cindy Dale Eric Frank Grace Helen Listen and repeat. A A H D a le Gr a ce Fr a nk th a nks B B C D E G evening F Helen 4b [ei] c a ke gr a pe n a me sn a ke f a ce b a by [ æ ] h a ve a pple b a g c a t h a t f a t [i:] w e m e sh e tr ee sh ee p Chin e se [e] l e g d e sk s e ven y e s el e ven Read the letters and words in column 1. Then try to read the new words in column 2. 1 2 A A H D a le Gr a ce a ge Fr a nk th a nks h a nd E B C D E G e vening h e F H e len b e d 4c Listen and sing the song. Good morning! Good morning! How are you? I’m fine, thanks. How are you? I’m OK. Good afternoon! Good afternoon! How are you? I’m fine, thanks. How are you? I’m OK. Good evening! Good evening! How are you? I’m fine, thanks. How are you? I’m OK. 4d I. 选择。 1. 下面三个选项中画线部分发音不同的一项______． A．name B．Dale C．thanks C 2.—How are you ？ —I’m fine ，thanks．How are you？ — _____ A．How do you do？ B．How are you？ C．I’m OK． C Exercises 3. 早晨在校门口遇到同学时，应该怎样打招呼？ A．Good afternoon! B．Good morning! C．Good evening! D．See you． B 4. 当别人向你问好时说“How are you？”你应该回答 A．Fine，thank you． B．Hello． C．How are you？ A A. How are you ？ B. P﹣E﹣N﹣C﹣I﹣L ． C. It’s a pencil ． D. Good evening ！ E. Good afternoon ！ F. Hello. G. I’m OK ． A： （1）　 　 B：Good afternoon！ （2）　　 A：I'm fine，thanks．And you？ B： （3）　　 Look！What's this in English？ A： （4）　　 B：Spell it，please． A： （5）　　 B：Thank you． II. 补全对话。 E A G C B Review the new words and expressions in this period. 2. Practice and write down the conversations. Homework 1a-2e To learn the new words： map, cup, ruler, pen, orange, jacket, key, quilt . To identify things . To learn to use a/an . To learn to read and write letters Ii–Rr . Objectives Guess : What is this? I think it’s ... Warming-up Guess: What is this? I think it’s ... Guess: What is this? I think it’s ... 73 Guess: What is this? I think it’s ... 74 Guess: What is this? I think it’s ... Guess: What is this? I think it’s ... Guess: What is this? I think it’s ... Guess: What is this? I think it’s ... Let’s identify the things. 让我们来认识这些东西吧。 What’s this in English? It’s a key. What’s that in English? It’s a jacket. What’s this in English? It’s an orange. What’s this in English? It’s a pen. What’s that in English? It’s a quilt. What’s this in English? It’s a ruler. What’s that in English? It’s a cup. 单词竞赛 看谁说得又快又正确。 Look for the small letters in the picture for these big letters. Check (√) the ones you find. A _____ B _____ C _____ D _____ E _____ F _____ G _____ H _____ √ 1a √ √ √ √ —What’s this in English? 这个用英语怎么说 ? —It’s a jacket. 它是一件夹克衫。 (1)this 是指示代词，意为“这；这个”，指近处或距说话人近的人或事物。 that 意为“那；那个”，指远处或距说话人远的人或事物。如 ： This is a ruler. That is a key. Language points (2) in English 意为“用英语 ”，其中 in是介词，表示 “用语言、声音、方式等”。 如： in Chinese 用汉语 in Japanese 用日语 What’s this in Chinese? 这个用汉语怎么说？ It ’ s an orange. 它是一个桔子。 it 是 人称代词 ，意为“ 它 ”。用于代替 第三人称单 数可数名词 。其中， it ’ s 是 it is 的缩写 ，意为“ 它是、 它在 ”。用于回答 “ What ’ s this? ” 或者 “ What ’ s that? ” — What ’ s this? — It ’ s an English book. （ 2 ）不定冠词 a 和 an 的用法 冠词 a 和 an 是一种虚词，只用在单数可数名词前，表示“一”的意思。 a 用在以辅音音素开头的单词之前， an 用在以元音音素开头的单词之前。这里的元音音素和辅音音素是指读音，而不是指字母。如： a pen /pen/ 一支钢笔 /p/为辅音音素 an apple /'æpl/ 一个苹果 /æ/为元音音素 1. — What ’s this？ — _______ “I” ． A． It ’ s B．This is C．Its A 2. What ________ this in English？ A．be B．am C．is C 3. It ’ s a jacket．（就画线部分提问） 　 　 　 　 this in English？ 【 运用 】 What is _____ map _____ pen _____ key _____ cup _____ ruler _____ jacket _____ quilt _____ orange a a a a a a a an 用 a 或 an 填空。 Listen and repeat. What’s this in English? It’s an orange. What’s that in English? It’s a jacket. 1b Draw a picture of your own rooms and write down the English names of the things in your rooms. Then talk about your rooms like this: What’s this in English? It’s a/an ... Group work Practice the conversation in the picture with your partner. Then make your own conversations. What’s this/that in English? It’s a/an ... pen key orange ruler jacket dog 1c i J j k l m K L M N O P Q R n o p q r /a i / /ʤe i / /ke i / /el/ /em/ / a: / /en/ /əʊ/ /pi:/ /kju:/ Listen and repeat. 2a I l o q k i n p r m j 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 10 Listen and number the letters you hear［1-10］. 2b Look and copy. 2c i j k l m n o p q r I J K L M N O P Q R Match the letters. m K p R j Q l O n I 2d Write the missing big letter or small letter for each pair. Talk about what these letters mean. 2e P = parking NBA NBA = National Basketball Association （美国）全国篮球协会 kg = kilogram 千克；公斤 I. 英汉互译。 用汉语 _____________ 2. 一个橙子 _____________ 3. 一件上衣 _____________ 4. 一幅地图 _____________ in Chinese an orange a jacket a map Exercises 5. a pen _____________ 6. in English _____________ 7. that key _____________ 8. This is a ruler. _____________ 9. 这用英语怎么说？ _________________________ 一支钢笔 用英语 那把钥匙 这是把直尺。 What ’ s this in English? Ⅱ. 选择。 1. 选出不同类单词（　　） A．quilt B．pen C．bed D．orange 2. “千克” 的英文缩写是 _______． A．UN B．cm C．kg 3. 找出与所给字母含有相同音素的选项e （　　） A．g B．J C．O D C A Ⅲ. 在四线三格中写出所给字母的左邻右舍。 I i K k O o N n J j M m P p Q q F f L l Q q P p R r E e G g 1.Review the words and patterns you have learned today. 2.Preview the new words and expressions. Homework 3a-4d To learn to use sentence patterns. To learn to spell words. To learn to read the letters A、E、I、O . Objectives What’s this? ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ e k t j a c It’s a jacket. J-A-C-K-E-T, jacket. Warming-up What’s this? ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ g n e o r a It’s an orange. O-R-A-N-G-E, orange. Listen and number the pictures［1-8］. 3a Listen and complete the words under the pictures in 3a. 3b r l r m p j a e k e q i l o a n e p c p a __u__e__ a __a__ a _ _c k_t a __ __ y a __ u __ __ t an _ r__ __g _ a __en a _ u __ Listen to the conversation. Then practice it with your partner. 3c A: What’s this in English? B: It’s a/an… A: Spell it, please. B: … pairwork Spell it , please. 请拼写一下。 (1) 此句是 此句是祈使句,以动词原形开头,表示请求、命令等,常在句首或句末加 please 。 句末加 please 时,前面多用逗号。 Please come in.=Come in,please. 请进 。 Language points (2)拼读规则:按字母顺序直接读出,书写时字母都要大写,且用连字符连接起来。 — Spell key,please. 请拼写key。 — K-E-Y.K-E-Y。 【 拓展 】 请对方拼写单词还可以表达为 : How do you spell “ pen ” ? 你怎样拼写“ pen ”？ Can you spell “ pen ” ? 你会拼写“ pen ”吗？ 1.— ________ — R﹣U﹣L﹣E﹣R A．What’s this？ B．Is this a ruler？ C．Please spell it． 2. you，it，spell，can （连词成句） 　 ？ 【 运用 】 C Can you spell it？ Listen to the conversations and number the words you hear[1-4]. 1 key pen cup ruler 3d 2 3 4 Talk about the things in the picture. 3e What’s that in English? It’s an orange. Spell it, please. O-R-A-N-G-E. Spell it, please. What’s …? It’s ... … What’s that in English? It’s a quilt. Spell it, please. Q-U-I-L-T. Pair work ___ B C ___ E ___ ___ H I ___ K L M ___ O ___ ___ R a b ___ d ___ f ___ h i j ___ l ___ ___ o p ___ ___ J A D k F G N P Q c e g m n q r Fill in the missing letters. 4a Number the words in alphabetical order [1-15]. ( ) jacket ( 1 ) Alice ( ) map ( ) key ( ) orange ( ) Dale ( ) Helen ( ) Grace ( ) Cindy ( ) Bob ( ) pen ( ) Frank ( ) quilt ( ) Eric ( ) ruler 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 4b Listen and repeat. A A H J K D a le Gr a ce Fr a nk th a nks j a cket m a p E B C D E G P e vening F L M N H e len p e n I I h i f i ne qu i lt i n O O O K o range 4c 字母 Ii ～ Rr 的书写及发音。 在书写英语字母时，每个字母都应向右倾斜，约为 5° 。且大写字母都占上中格，可顶第一线。具体书写及笔顺如下： Language points 字母 Ii ～ Rr 的读音依次为： 其中 Ii 和 Oo 是元音字母，其余均为辅音字母。 (1) 元音字母 Ii, 在“ I + 辅音字母 (r 除外 ) + 不发音的 e ” 这一重读开音节中，读字母本身的读音 ，如： bike, nice 等。 元音字母 Ii , 在“ i + 一个或几个辅音字母 (r 除外 )” 这一闭音节中，通常读短音 , 例如： this, six 等。 (2) 元音字母 O o 在重读开音节中读字母本身的读音 如： no, hello 等。 元音字母 O o 在闭音节中读短音 如： not, box 等。 语音知识 含有字母 a 的读音的字母有： H 、 J 、 K 。 含有字母 e 的读音的字母有： B 、 C 、 D 、 G 、 P 。 I O A E A A H J K D a le Gr a ce n a me Fr a nk th a nks j a cket m a p c a n E B C D E G P e vening h e F L M N H e len p e n l e g Read the letters and words in column 1. Then try to read the new words in column 2. 4d I I h i f i ne n i ce qu i lt i n m i lk O O O K g o o range d o g I. 根据图片提示写出正确的单词，并在单词前加上正确的不定冠词. Exercises a cup an apple a coat a pen a map II . 完成对话，每空一词 。 A：Hello, Mrs.White． B： 　 , Eric． A： 　 　 are you? B： 　 　 fine． 　　 　　 you． A：Oh, 　　 　　 this 　 　 English? B：It’s a pencil . A： 　　 　　 it, 　 　 ． B：P﹣E﹣N﹣C﹣I﹣L． Hello How I’m Thank What’s in Spell please III . 单项 选择 。 1.找出与所给字母含有相同音素的选项e （　） A．g B．J C．O 2. — Spell it, please． — _______． A．NAME B. name C．N﹣A﹣M﹣E C A 3.找出与所给字母含有相同音素的选项f（　　） A. r B. q C. pen C 4.找出与所给字母含有相同音素的选项o（　　） A. orange B．OK C. dog B 5. — What’ s this？ — _______ “I” .　　 A. It’s B. This is C. Its 6. This’ is _______nice jacket．　　 A. an B. a C．/ B A 1. 两人一组练习句型 —What’s this/that (in English)? —It’s a/an… —Spell it, please. 2. Preview the new words and expressions in Starter Unit 3. Homework To learn new words: color, red ,yellow ,green, blue, black, white, purple .... To learn to id en tify things . Objectives What colors do you know? What colors do you like? Why do you like it? Free talk Guessing colors (猜颜色)： Warming-up red yellow green blue black white pink brown purple orange 调色板 Guess: What color is it ? + + + pink purple grey red white red blue black white red yellow pink green purple orange blue white brown What color is it? red _____ yellow _____ green _____ blue _____ black _____ white _____ purple _____ brown _____ Look at the picture. Write the letter for each color. 1a V S Y W Z U X T Can you say what colors they are? blue red yellow green black Listen and repeat. What’s that? It’s black. It’s Z. What color is it? 1b Language points What’s this? ( 这是什么？ ) What’s that? ( 那是什么？ ) 以上用来提问物体。如果提问人，要用 Who 。 如： Who’s that? 那是谁？ What color is…? 用来询问颜色，意思是“某物是 什么颜色 的？”通常用“ It’s + 颜色 ”来回答。（ It’s 可以省略） — What color is this ruler? — It’s blue. ( 或 Blue.) color 是美式英语的拼写，英式英语常拼写为 colour 。 ①n. 颜色 ② v. 涂色 运用 1.— What’ s this？—______ pencil． It’ s B. It’ s a C. it’s 2. — ________is the pen？—It’ s blue． A. What B. How C. What color 3.— What color is the quilt？ —______． A. Red B. Fine C. Please B C A It’s red. Practice the conversations in the picture with your partner. Then make your own conversations. What color is it? 1c Listen and repeat. S s T t U u V v W w X x Y y Z z 2a / e s/ / t i: / /  j u: / / v i: / / ’d ʌ bl j u: / / e ks/ / w ai / /z i: / Listen and number the letters you hear ［1-8］. 2b t z v x w y u s 2 8 4 6 5 7 3 1 Look and copy. 2c S U Y T X Z V Write the missing big letter or small letter for each pair. 2d W t z v w s u y x Talk about what these letters mean. 2e UFO CCTV Do you know what these letters mean? S=small 小号 M=medium 中号 L=large 大号 UFO=unidentified flying object （不明飞行物） CCTV= China Central Television SARS NATO 严重急性呼吸道综合症 ( 非典 ) 北大西洋公约组织（简称北约 ) Do you know what these letters mean? WTO FBI 世界贸易组织 美国联邦调查局 Do you know what these letters mean? Ⅰ. 根据句意及汉语提示完成句子 。 1 ． What ________ ( 颜色 ) is the map? 2 ． The quilt is ________ ( 黄色 ) ． 3 ． The grass is ________ ( 绿色 ) ． 4 ． My pen is ________ ( 红色 ) ． 5 ． The jacket is ________ ( 黑色 ) ． black color yellow green red Exercises 1. — What color is it? — It’s ____ red. It’s ___ red car. A. /, / B. a, a C. a, the D. /, a 2. My jacket is ____ . It is ______ jacket. A. an orange, an orange B. an orange, orange C. orange, an orange D. orange, orange D C II. 单选。 Ⅲ . 补全对话, 请根据上下文将对话补完整。 A: Good ___________! B: Good evening! A: ______ are you? B: I’m _______, ___________. And you? A: I’m OK. A: Excuse me.__________ this in English? B: _______ ______ eraser( 橡皮檫 ). evening How fine thanks What’s It’s an A: ______ ______, please? B: E-R-A-S-E-R. A: _______ _______ is it? B: _______ white. _______ a _______ _______. A: Thank _________. B: You’re welcome. ( 不用谢 ) Spell it What color It’s It’s white you eraser Review what you learned today. Preview the new words and expressions. Homework 3a-4d Objectives To learn to use the. Develop the ability of making a conversation. What color is it? It’s ... Master the use of the pronunciation of the five vowel letters. What color is it? red white blue yellow green red and yellow Warming-up Listen and color the things. 3a Listen again. Complete the sentences. 3b 1. The key is _____ . 2. The ruler is ____. 3. The cup is _________. yellow blue red Listen and complete the chart. Thing Color 3c jacket quilt pen brown purple green What’s this? It’s ... What color is it? It’s... Make conversations using the things in 3a-3c. A: What’s this in English? B: It’s a key. A: Spell it, please. B: K-E-Y. A: What color is it? B: It’s yellow. 3d A: Hi, …! B: Hi, …! A: What’s this in English? B: It’s a/an … A: Spell it please. B: … A: What color is it? B: It’s …. ___ ____ Make conversations q w e r t y u i o p a s d f g h j k l z x c v b n m Find the letters from A to Z. Write the small letter next to each big letter. 4a Listen and sing the alphabet song. A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, O, P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z. X, Y, Z — Now you see, I can say my ABCs. 4b A A H J K D a le Gr a ce Fr a nk th a nks j a cket m a p bl a ck E B C D E G P T V Z e vening F L M N S X (Z) H e len p e n r e d y e llow I I Y h i f i ne wh i te qu i lt i n O O O K n o o range U Q U W c u p r u ler bl u e Listen and repeat. 4c A H J K B C D E G P T V F L M N S X Z I Y O Q U W R [ ei ] [ e ] [ ai ] [ i: ] [ju:] 字母表按读音归类 [ a: ] Don’t forget O and R ! Can you find the soldiers? 规则：五个元音 A, E, I, O, U 是司令，其余辅音字母含有该元音字母读音的字母就是它的小兵。我们分组来招兵买马。剩下的字母怎么办呢？它们跟随一个假司令 — 它们的共同读音 /e/ 。还有一个字母，是一个流浪兵。快把他们找出来。 A, B, C, D, E, F, G H, I, J, K, L, M, N O, P, Q, R, S, T U, V, W, X, Y, Zv 分类如下： 1.Aa司令的小兵是Hh, Jj, Kk; Ee司令的小兵是Bb,Cc,Dd,Gg,Pp,Tt,Vv,(Zz); Ii司令的小兵只有Yy，有时冒充副司令; Oo是一个光杆司令； Uu司令的小兵是Qq, Ww。 2. /e/是一个假司令，跟着一群笨蛋兵是Ff, Ll, Mm, Nn, Ss, Xx, Zz。 3. Rr是一个流浪兵，最怕孤独爱组合，总是跟着司令屁股后面转。 ar,er,ir,or,ur, air,eer,ear,our 小结 The pronunciation rules of the vowels. A A H J K Dale Grace Frank thanks jacket map black E B C D E G P T V Z evening F L M N S X(Z) Helen pen red yellow I I Y hi fine white quilt in O O OK no orange U Q U W ruler blue cup /eI/ /æ/ /i:/ / e / /aI/ / I / /əʊ/ /ɒ/ /ɔ:/ /u:/ /v/ Aa /e I / /æ/ /e I / n a m e m a p Ee /i:/ /e/ /i:/ h e p e n Ii /a I / /a I / / I / n i c e qu i lt Oo /ə ʊ / /ə ʊ / / ɒ / n o s e n o t Uu / j u:/ / / / j u:/ v b u t u se 1.下面哪一组中的元音字母读音相同？（　　） A．“O” in no 与 “O ” in not B．“E” in English 与 “E” in red C．“I” in this 与 “I” in quilt D．“A” in what 与 “A” in that 2.选出含有相同音素的选项 （　　） A. b i B. d r C. g p D. j p C C 运用 Listen and read the chant. A, E, I, O, U. A, E, I, O, U. A, E, I, O, U. A in Grace, A in Dale, E in green, E in evening, I in white, I in hi, O in no, O in OK, U in blue. U in ruler. A, E, I, O, U. A, E, I, O, U. A, E, I, O, U. 4d I . 单选 。 1.下列字母都含有相同元音音素的一组是 ______． A. UWR B. AKGC C. FMS 2.The key is yellow. 的同义句是 ：（　　） A. The key yellow． B. The is a yellow key． C. This is a yellow key 3.The panda （熊猫） is _______． A. red and green B. yellow and white C. black and white Exercises C C C Dale, name, Hello, my, is ___________________________ color, is, what, it ___________________________ morning, Helen, good ___________________________ is, this, what, English, in ___________________________ to, nice, you, meet ___________________________ Hello, my name is Dale! What color is it? Good morning, Helen! What is this in English? Nice to meet you! II. 连词成句。 Ⅲ. 对句子中画线的部分提问 。 1. This is a map . 2. My bike is black . 3. I’m fine . 4. He is my father . 5. He is a teacher . 6. Mike is OK . What’s this? What color is your bike? How are you? Who is he? What is he? How is Mike? Ⅳ . 找出句中的错误并加以改正 。 1.( ) Spell you name , please . __________ A B C D 2.( ) What’s is your name ? __________ A B C D 3.( ) — What’s this in English? — This is a key.______ A B C D 4.( ) — How is you ? — I’m very well . ________ A B C D 5.( ) — Are you Mr Li ? —Yes , I’m . ________ A B C D 6.( ) What color is a jacket ? __________ A B C D B your A What C It B are D I am C the 1.read and recite words in s tarter Unit 3. 2.Preview the new words and expressions. in unit 1. Homework unit 1 人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件 My name's Gina. Section A 1a-2d To learn these new words: name, nice, to, meet, too, your, Ms. To learn the following sentence patterns: What's your name? My name's... I'm... Language Goals Emotional Goals Try to be polite and friendly to others. Learn to greet people and introduce yourself to your new friends. How to greet people? Warming-up Hi! Good morning! Hello! Good afternoon! How are you? Good evening! How do you do? How to introduce yourself？ My name’s Gina! Hello! What’s your name? I’m Jenny! Nice to meet you! Hi, Jenny. Nice to meet you, too! Match the things with their names. cup map bag ruler basketball cap Role play the conversations with your partners. How many other words do you know in this picture? Write them down. 1a 1.___________ 2.___________ 3.___________ 4.___________ 5.___________ 6.___________ 7.___________ 8.___________ 9.___________ 10.___________ map book cup basketball clock key jacket schoolbag cap ruler 自我介绍句型: (1)My name’s... (2)I’m... —Hello, My name’s Gina. —Hi. I’m Jenny. What's your name? 拓 展 根据提示，完成句子。 1. I’m Lin Fei.(改为同义句) _ is Lin Fei.   2. My (名字) is Linda. My name name 运 用 假如你是李明，向陌生人做自我介绍，你说: A. My name is Li Ming. B. Her name is Li Ming. C. His name is Li Ming. D. Your name is Li Ming. A 回答 What's your name? 的三种形式 (1) My name is … (2) I ’ m … (3) 直接说名字 询问对方姓名的句型还有： (1 ) May I have your name ? 我可以知道你的名字吗 ? (2 ) May I ask your name ? 我可以问一下你的名字吗 ? (3 ) Can you tell me your name ? 你能告诉我你的名字吗 ? (4 ) Your name, please ? 请告诉我你的名字。 拓 展 1.My name is John Smith. (对画线部分提问) 　　　 name? 2. —What’s your name, please? —_________________ A. I’m a teacher. B. His name is Paul. C. How do you do? D. I’m Li Lei. D What's your 运 用 Listen and number the conversation[1-3]. A: What’s your name? B: Alan. A: Hello, Alan. I’m Ms. Brown. A: Good morning! I’m Cindy. B: Hello, Cindy! I’m Dale. A: Nice to meet you! A: Hi. My name’s Gina. B: I’m Jenny. Nice to meet you! A: Nice to meet you, too. 2 1 3 1b A: Hello! What’s your name? My name ’s … I am… I’m… A: Nice/Glad to meet/see you! B: Nice/Glad to meet/see you, too! B: Pair-work: Make conversations with you partner. you can use these sentence patterns Practice the following three conversations with your partner. Hello, Cindy! I’m Dale. Nice to meet you! Good morning! I'm Cindy. Conversation 1 1c Nice to meet you, too! Alan . What’s your name? Hello, Alan. I’m Ms. Brown . Conversation 2 Hi. My name’s Gina. Nice to meet you, too! I’m Jenny. Nice to meet you! Conversation 3 A: Good morning! My name’s / I’m … B: Hello, …! / I’m … A: Nice to meet you. B: Nice to meet you, too. Role-play Listen to the conversations and number the pictures [1-4]. 2a 3 1 2 4 2b Listen again. Circle the names you hear. Eric Tom Alice Bob Mike Jack Mary Ms. Miller A: Hello! What’s your name? B: My name’s … A: I’m… B: Nice to meet you ！ Make conversations with your deskmate. (You can use the following sentence patterns.) 2c A: What’s his name? B: His name is … A: And what’s her name? B: Her name is … What’s his name? 他叫什么名字 ？ 他的 询问一个男生名字的时候可以说： What’s his name? 回答时候可以说： His name is … What’s her name? 她叫什么名字 ？ 她的 询问一个女生名字的时候可以说： What’s her name? 回答时候可以说： Her name is … Listen and repeat the conversation with your friend! Linda: Good afternoon! My name’s Linda. Are you Helen? Helen: Yes, I am. Nice to meet you, Linda. Linda: Nice to meet you, too. What’s her name? Helen: She’s Jane. Linda: Is he Jack? Helen: No, he isn’t. His name’s Mike. 2d 1.My name’s... 和 I’m... 都是自我介绍时需要用到 的句型，意为“我的名字叫……”或 “ 我是 （叫）……” 后者比前者更随意一些。其中 name’s 是 name is 的缩写形式， I ’ m 是 I am 的缩写形式。 Language points 这两个句型也可以用来回答 “ What ’ s your name? ”。 e.g. —Hello. I ’ m Helen. What ’ s your name, please? （你好，我是海伦。请问你叫什么?） —My name ’ s David/I ’ m David. （我叫戴维。） —What’s your name? 你叫什么名字? —Alan. /I’m Alan. /My name is Alan. 艾伦。/我是艾伦。/我的名字是艾伦。 What’s your name? 是询问对方姓名的特殊疑问句, what’s 是 what is 的缩写。有时句末也可以加上please, 以示客气、礼貌, 读时用降调。 please 可以用逗号和句子隔开。 例： — What’s your name? 你叫什么名字 ? — My name is Jack./ I’m Jack. / Jack. 我叫杰克。 — What’s her name? 她叫什么名字 ? — Her name is Gina. /She’s Gina. /Gina. 她叫吉娜。 双方初次见面经介绍后常说“Nice to meet you.”。这是陌生人初次见面的客套话。这句话也可以用于双方好久未见,偶然相逢时的场合,表达一种高兴的心情。回答时一般在句末加too。这句话的同义句为: “Nice to see you.”或“Glad to see you.” 例如 : —I ’ m Gina. Nice to meet you! 我叫吉娜。见到你很高兴。 —Nice to meet you, too. 见到你我也很高兴。 2.— Nice to meet you! 见到你很高兴！ — Nice to meet you, too. 见到你我也很高兴。 I.用所给单词的正确形式填空 。 1. Nice (meet)you. 2. ______(be)you Li Ming? 3. She is my friend.______(she)name is Lily. 4. ______(his)is a Chinese boy. 5. I ______(be)a girl. to meet Are Her He am Exercises II. 单项选择。 1. ______ her name? A . What B . How C . How is D . What ’ s 2. —Nice to ______you. —Nice to meet you ， too. A . see B . meet C . look at D . loo k D B III. 翻译。 1. — 她叫什么名字？ — 她叫吉娜。 2. 我是汤姆，见到你很高兴！ I’m Tom. Nice to meet you! —What’s her name? —Her name is Gina. 1. New words: 2. How to ask for other’s name? name, nice, to, meet, his, her, too... What's your/ his/ her name? Summary 3. How to answer other's question “What's your / his/ her name?” A. My / His/ Her name's... B. I’m.../ He is.../ She is... C. 直接说名字。 4. When we meet sb. for the first time, we usually say Nice to meet you! 1. Review the new words and sentence patterns we learned today. 2.Practice the conversations we learned today with your friends. 3. Preview the new words and expressions. Homework Section A Grammar Focus-3c To learn these new words: his, and, her, yes, she, he, no, not... To learn the use of be verbs. Language Goals To greet people and introduce yourself in a understandable way. Emotional Goal T: What’s his name? S: He is…/His name is… T: What’s her name? S: She is…/Her name is… T: Is he/she…? S: Yes, he/she is. /No, he/she isn’t . Free talk Introduce your friend to your deskmate. You can use the following sentence patterns: Questions Answers What’s your name? Alan. / I’m Alan. / My name’s Alan. What’s his name? He’s Eric. / His name’s Eric. What’s her name? She’s Mary. / Her name’s Mary. Is he Jack? Yes, he is. / No, he isn’t. His name’s Mike. Are you Helen? Yes, I am. / No, I’m not. I’m Gina. Grammar Focus what’s ＝ what is name’s ＝ name is I’m ＝ I am he’s ＝ he is she’s ＝ she is Grammar focus 1. What's ____________? I'm Alan. 你叫什么名字？ 我是艾伦。 2. What's ____________? He's William. 他叫什么名字？ 他是汤姆。 3. What's ____________? Her name is Elsa. 她叫什么名字？ 她的名字是艾尔莎。 4. What's ____________? It is Jerry. 它叫什么名字？ 它是杰瑞。 5. ____________ Tom? Yes, _________. 你是汤姆吗？ 是的，我是。 your name his name her name its name I am Are you Put the words in order to make conversations. Then practice them. 1. your name What’s Cindy I’m What’s your name? I’m Cindy. 2. name his What’s Bob He’s What’s his name? He’s Bob. 3. Mike you Are am I Yes Are you Mike? Yes, I am. 3a Complete the conversation and practice it with your partner. A: Hi, ________ your name? B: My _________Gina. ______ you Tom? A: ______, I’m not. ______ Bob. B: Hi,________. _______ to meet you. A: Nice to ________ you, too. what’s name’s Are No I’m Bob Nice meet 3b Practice the conversation in pairs. Pair work Practice introducing yourself and others in a group. How many names can you remember? 3c Language points Be 动词的用法 （ 1 ）我用 am ，你用 are ， is 连着他，她， 它； 　　 单数 名词用is，复数名词全用 are 。 　　 变 疑问，往前提，句末问号莫丢弃。 　　 变 否定，更容易， be 后 not 莫忘记。 　　 疑问 否定任你变，句首大写莫迟疑。 （ 2 ） 含有 be 动词的一般疑问句结构： Be 动词 + 主语 + 其他 ? 其 肯定回答一般 是 “ Yes ，主语 ( 人称代词主格 ) +be 动词 ” ； 其 否定回答一般 是 “ No ，主语 ( 人称代词主格 ) +be 动词 +not. ”， 且在否定回答中 ,be 动词和 not 常常缩写， is not = isn’t , are not = aren’t 。 若问句的主语 是 第 二 人称，回答时要用第一 人称。 — Is he Bill ? 他 是比尔吗 ? — Yes, he is . 是 的，他是。 —No, he isn ’t . 不 ，他不是。 例 句 —Are you Anna? 你是安娜吗 ? —Yes, I am. 是的，我是。 —No, I'm not. 不，我不是。 单选 。 — Is he Tom? —________. He is Sam. A . Yes, he is B . No , he isn’t C . Yes, he isn ’ t D. No , he is B 运 用 翻译句子。 1. 我是埃里克，他是弗兰克，弗兰克和我是 中 学生 。 I ______ Eric. He ______ Frank. Frank and I _______ middle school students. am is are 2. 这是我的地图。那是她的钥匙。 This _______ _______ map. That ______ _______ key. 3 .—她是海伦吗 ？ —不 ， 她是辛迪 。 —___________ Helen? — No，_________ is Cindy . is my is her Is she she 代词分类 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 人称代词主格 I y ou h e s he i t 汉语意思 我 你，你们 他 她 它 形容词性物主代词 my your his her its 汉语意思 我的 你的 ，你们的 他的 她的 它的 温馨提示 1. 形容词性物主代词在句中通常作定语 ， 其后一定要跟名词 ； 2 . 形容词性物主代词的前后不能再出现冠词 。 如 ： his name 不能说 a his name 或 his a name。 I. 单选题 。 —What ’ s the boy ’ s name? — _______ is Eric. A . He B . Her C . His 解析 ：he为人称代词主格；her为形容词性物主代词或宾格；his为形容词性物主代词。本空在句中作主语，这里应用人称代词主格。故选A 。 运 用 2 . How do you get on with ( ) little brother? I ’ ve just had a baby sister. I ’ m worrying about it. A. my B. his C. her D. your 解析：你与你的小弟弟相处得怎么样？我刚有了一个小妹妹。我正为此担心。与主语you对应，修饰名词brother，应该用形容词性物主代词your。故选D。 1. ______ (I) ruler is yellow and _______ (he ) ruler is blue. 解析：修饰名词应该用形容词性物主代词。 his 2.______(her) is your friend. 解析：空格 处是句子的主语，应该用人称代词主格。 She My II. 根据 提示，完成句子。 I . 用 动词 be 的适当形式 填空 。 1. Ms. Miller 　　　 my teacher ( 老师 ) . 2. I 　　　　　 Tom, and you 　　　　 Bob. 3. —How 　　　　 you, Mary? —I 　　　　　 OK, thank you. is am are 　 are am Exercises 4. —What 　　　　　 his name? —Tony. 5. — 　　　　 your jacket brown? —Yes, it 　　　 . is Is is II. 单项选择。 1 . — Are you Mr. Lee? —______. A . Yes, I’m B . No, I am C . No, I’m not D . Yes, I’m not 2.—What’s ______ name? —______ name is Tony. A . I; I B. your; Your C. your; My C C Finish the e xercises in the workbook. 2. Preview the new words and expressions. Homework Section B 1 a -1f Language Goals To learn new words: zero, one, two, three, four, five , six , seven, eight, nine,phone,telephone,number... To learn how to a sk for and give phone numbers. Emotional Goals To learn the usages of numbers in our daily life. To keep contact with your friends. 0 zero English numbers Warming-up 1 One 2 Two 3 Three 4 Four 5 Five 6 Six 7 Seven 8 Eight 9 Nine Listen and repeat. 0 zero 2 two 4 four 6 six 8 eight 1 one 3 three 5 five 7 seven 9 nine 1a Match the numbers with the pictures. one three four eight nine 119 120 122 110 Do you know the ir telephone numbers? fire car accident medical accident police Room number Bike number Try to read the numbers: Room 1 Bike No . 651503 1. 0+4= 2. 5+1= 3. 3+6= 4 6 9 work out the math problom s . What’s 0 and 4? Can you read it? 12598 4109358 3157807 6892410 2655416 9461488 0548913 2589715 Listen to the conversation and write the telephone number. Telephone number: ____ ____ ____ —— ____ ____ ____ ____ 1b 2 7 8 6 9 2 6 Listen again and repeat the number according to the tape. 278-6926 What’s your phone number, Jenny? It's 781-9176. It’s your turn. 轮到你来说了！ Ask for and give your phone numbers. 1c Role-play It’s 36987548. What’s your telephone number? It’s 503698802XXX What’s your ID number? Listen and match the names with the telephone numbers. Tom __ a. 929-31 __ __ Linda __ b. 398-61__ __ Bob __ c. 278-79 __ __ Mary __ d. 555-80 __ __ c d b a 1d Listen again and complete the numbers. Tom 278-79____ Linda 555-80____ Bob 398-61____ Mary 929-31 ____ 1e 28 24 49 60 Write your phone number on a piece of paper and put it in a bag. Then take out a piece of paper and find the owner. 1f Do a survey Join in a group, and then ask for the other group members' telephone number. Write down the telephone numbers, and do a report later. （ Write down at least 3 numbers ） zero, one, two … nine 零，一，二 …… 九。 基数词0~9分别为： zero, one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine 。以上这些都是基数词。 数词分为两大类： 基数词和序数词 。表示“多少”的词为基数词；表示“第几”的词为序数词。基数词有zero, one, two等。序数词我们刚学了一个first（第一）。基数词可用来表示数字、年龄、编号等。 Language points 例：— What ’ s two and five ? 二加五等于几？ —Seven. 七 （表示数字） —How old is it? 它几岁了？ —It ’ s four. 它四岁了。（表示年龄） Lesson One 第一课 Unit One 第一单元（表示编号） What’s your telephone number, Li Xin? 李新 , 你的电话号码是多少 ? 这是一个由疑问词 what 引导的特殊疑问句。 telephone number 意为 “ 电话号码 ” ， 也可以说成 phone number 。句型 “ What’s ... number ?” 常用来询问电话号码、车牌号码、身份证号码等，答语常用 It’s... 。 如 : — What’s your car number? 你的车牌号是多少 ? — It’s SV380. 是 SV380 。 拓展 电话号码的读法是将每个数字单独念出来。如果有两个相同的数字连在一起 , 可以读作 “double+ 数字 ”, 其中的 0( 零 ) 读作字母 o 或是 zero 。 1.His telephone number is 515-6879. （对画线部分提问） his telephone number? 【 运用 】 What is 2. —What’s her phone number? — _______. A. It’s 732-4351. B. It’s Jim@163. com. C. Yes, I am. D. I’m 254730. A Exercises one 　 two three 　 four 　 five 　 six 　 seven 　 eight　 nine I. 用英语写出下列物品的数量。 1. 你的电话号码是多少？ 是 354-8760 。 —______ ___ your number? —____ 354-8760.2. Her telephone number is 357-4219 . ( 划线提问 )  ______ ___ _____ telephone number? What’s t elephone It’s II. 根据提示完成句子。 What’s her 3. _______ (七个) oranges are in the box. 4. —What ’ s five and four?  —It ’ s ________ . Seven nine III. 从B栏中找出与A栏中相搭配的句子。 A ( 　 ) 1. Hello, I’m Sally. ( 　 ) 2. What’s his name? ( 　 ) 3. What’s her phone number? ( 　 ) 4. How are you? ( 　 ) 5. My name is David. B A. His name is Tony. B. Hi, Sally. I’m Tom. C. Fine, thanks. D. I’m Lily. Nice to meet you. E. Her phone number is 348- 3451. B A E C D 1. How to count the numbers from 1 to 9 in English? 2. How to ask for and give telephone numbers? —What's ... telephone number? —It's... . 3. The usages of numbers in our daily life. Summary 1.Please make a report like this: I am..., and my telephone number is... His name is..., and his telephone number is... She is..., and her telephone number is... 2.Preview for the next class. Homework Section B 2 a -2c To learn new words: friend, China, last, first... To Learn key sentences : — What’s your first name? — What’s your last name? Language Goals Learn to ask for other's name, and to figure out full name, first name/given name and last name/family name. Emotional Goal Let’s read the numbers. 7 189 68945 123654890 56123089 128543691120 3452109876443 4589105532 Warming-up Can you r ead these phone numbers ? 536-7480 780 - 1243 766 - 4933 153 - 9087 - 6524 Yang Liwei last name/ family name 姓 full name 全名 first name/ given name 名 Do you know h im ? Bill Gates first name = given name ( 名 ) last name =family name ( 姓 ) Do you know h im ? My name is Allan Green . first name family name His Chinese name is Zhang Mingming. first name last name= given name= Read the list of names.Write F for the first name and L for the last name. 1.Alan 6.Jack 2.Green 7.Smith 3.Miller 8.Brown 4.Mingming 9.Zhang 5.Gina 10.Mary 2a F L L F F F L L L F Helen: _____/_____ name Smith:____ /______ name Fill in blanks. Han: _____/_______ name Tiantian: _____/______ name first given last family first given last family — What ’ s his /her full nam e/ first name/ last name ? —His/Her full name/ first name/ last name is... . Pair work Make conversations to ask for their full name, first name and last name. You can ask and answer like this: What's his first name and last name? Kobe Bryant Zhong Nanshan Read the messages and match them with the pictures. Circle the first names and underline the last names. 2b A B C My name is Jenny Green. My phone number is 281-9176. My friend is Gina Smith. Her phone number is 232-4672. I’m Dale Miller and my friend is Eric Brown. His telephone number is 357-5689. My telephone number is 358-6344. My name is Mary Brown. My friend is in China. Her name is Zhang Mingming. My phone number is 257-8900 and her number is 929-3155. B C A Alice Green Tel:7869-3451 Helen Smith Tel:8765-3320 Dale Brown Tel:5978-6320 Bob Hand Tel:7488-4093 Zhang Ling Tel:6477-0438 Eric Miller Tel:6547-2393 She is … Her first/last name is… Her telephone number … Introduce the students to your partner according to the given information. Match the names with the telephone numbers. Then find three pairs of friends in the name list. Names Eric Brown Gina Smith Dale Miller Zhang Mingming Jenny Green Mary Brown Telephone numbers 358-6344 929-3155 281-9176 257-8900 357-5689 232-4672 2C Friends 1. and 2. and 3. and Jenny Green Gina Smith Eric Brown Dale Miller Mary Brown Zhang Mingming 【 运用 】 1. I ’ m Dale Green. My last name is ________ . A. Dale B. Dale Green C. Green D. Green Dale2. Ma Yun is a _____. He is one of the richest in ________. A. China; Chinese B. Chinese; ChinaC. Chine; China D. Chinese; Chinese C B Language points 1.What’s your first name? 你的名字是什么？ first name 意为“名字”，相当于given name。 first 此处用作形容词 ， 意为“第一”。 例：What’s her first name? = What’s her given name? 她的名字是什么？ 2.What’s your last name? 你的姓氏是什么？ last name 也可以用 family name 表示，意为 “ 姓氏 ” 。 例： —What’s his last/family name? 他姓什么？ —His last/family name is Brown. 他姓布朗。 在西方，名字在前，姓氏在后。 1.T he girl ’ s name is Linda Smith, so Smith is her ______ name.  A. last B. family C. first D. A or B 2. — _______ is her first name? — Jenny. A. How B. What color C. What 3 . 他的名字是什么? _______ _______ first name ? 【 运用 】 D C What’s his 2. —Is your telephone number 398-71456?  —Yes, 　　　 .  A. it is 　　 B. I am 　　 C. it’s 　 D. I’m 3. — 　　  — It’s 1883736519. A. What color is it? B. Is it your phone number? C. What’s your name? D. What’s your phone number? A D I . 句型转换 。 1. She is Mary Brown. ( 变为一般疑问句 ) ____ _____ Mary Brown? 2. Her telephone number is 357-4219 . ( 就画线部分提问 ) ______ _____ telephone number? 3. His last name is Miller . ( 就画线部分提问 ) _______ his ____ name? What’s last Is she What’s her Exercises 4. Her first name is Linda . ( 就画线部分 提问 ) _________ her _____ name? 5. I’m Eric Smith. ( 变为一般疑问句 ) ______ ____ Eric Smith? What’s first Are you II. 根据汉语提示完成下列句子。 1. 我的名字叫戴尔格林。 My _____ ____ Dale Green. 2. 他姓米勒。 _____ _ _____ _ ______ is Miller. name is His first name 3. 你的电话号码是多少？ 是 354-8760 。 —__ __ ____ your ___________ number? —_______ 354-8760. 4. 她姓什么？ ________ ____ last name? 5. 我的朋友是在中国。 My ______ ___ in China. What’s telephone It’s What’s her friend is 填写句子，补全对话。 A: (1) __________________, Ms. Green. B: Nice to meet you, too, Alan. (2) _______________________, Alan? A: My last name is Miller.B: (3)_______________________________ A: My telephone number is 230-1568.B: (4) _________________________ A: Yes, I’m OK. Thanks. B: (5)__________________________ A: Yes, Eric is my friend. Nice to meet you What’s your last name What’s your telephone number? Are you OK? Is Eric your friend? Ⅲ. 补全对话。 Let's discuss 1.How to read telephone numbers? How to ask for numbers? 2.How to ask for and give full name, first name and last name? Summary Homework 1.Remember the new words and expressions. 2.Ask Students to collect some numbers (car number, room number etc.). Ask them to read out. Then write them down on the workbook. 3.Revise how to tell people’s last names , first names and telephone numbers. Section B 3 a -Self Check To learn to make an ID card. To grasp the key points of this unit and finish exercises. Language Goals To learn to give some of your personal information, for example, telephone number, first name, last name and so on, so that others can know you better. Emotional Goal 1.Do you have a school ID card? 2.What information does it have on the card ? Free talk Look at the ID card and answer the questions. What’s his telephone number? What’s his family name? What’s his given name? 57648901. Suarez. James. Use the information on the ID card to complete the sentences . PEP Middle School First Name: ___________ Last Name: ___________ Phone Number: ____________ Her family name is ____________________. Her given name is ____________________. Her phone number is _____________________. Alice Green 951-3397 Alice Green 951-3397 3 a What’s her telephone number? What’s her first name? What’s her last name? Jenny Green 281-9176 Jenny Green 281-9176 Given Name : ____________ Family Name : ____________ Phone Number: ____________ Jenny Green 281-9176 Fill in blanks and then make conversations with your deskmate. Fill in your own ID card and write about yourself. First Name: __________ Last Name: __________ Phone Number:__________ My first name is _________________________ ____ ___________________________________________ Jack. My last name is Huang. My phone number is 345-789. Wu Dong is my friend. Jack Huang 345-789 3b First name Tongtong Last name Ma Telephone number 0422-0828 School ID card number 20180288 School Guangming Middle School 写作指导 【思路点拨】 (1) 体裁 : 说明文。 (2) 人称 : 第一人称。 (3) 时态 : 一般现在时 ( 注意用动词 be 的正确形式 ) 。 写作模板 【参考范文】 Myself 　　 Hello! My name is Ma Tongtong . Tongtong is my first name, and Ma is my last name. My telephone number is 0422-0828 . My school ID card number is 20180288 . I am in Guangming Middle School. First Name: Jenny Last Name: Chen Phone Number: 6322-7654 Her first name is Jenny. Her last name is Chen. Her phone number is 6322-7654. She is in Class 1 Grade 7. 你 会介绍你的同学吗？ My name’s Mary Miller . My _______ number is 763- My friend is Gina Brown. _____ _____ name is Gina . Her _____name ____ Brown . Her ______ ______ is 234-1679. Her first phone last p hone number Gina Brown 234-1679 Mary Miller 763-8623 is ID Card First Name : Jenny Last Name : Cooper Telephone Number : 8748375 根据你的学生卡自我介绍，并用根据下面的ID卡信息，介绍一下这位同学吧。 middle adj. 中间的 n . 中间 middle 作 形容词 , 意为 “中间的 ; 中等的” , 常置于名词前作定语 , 如 middle school “ 中学 “ 。 (2) middle 可作名词, 意为“中间”, 常 构成短语: in the middle (of sth. ) “在 …… 的中央”。 ► It is in the middle of the street. 它在路中央。 Language points 1 . 中间的数字是零。 The 　　　　　 　　　　　 is zero. 2. 她在教室的中央。 She is 　　 　　　　 　　　 　　 of the classroom. middle number in the middle 【 运用 】 Write out the numbers. 120 _________________________ 114_________________________ 119_________________________ 10086_______________________ 12315_______________________ 17951_______________________ one two zero double one four double one nine one double zero eight six one two three one five one seven nine five one Self Check 状元成才路 2. Match the sentences to make conversations. Hello, I’m Cindy. What’s your name? Hello. I’m Grace. My name’s Eric. What’s his telephone number? I’m Chen Kang. It’s 876-9548. Nice to meet you, Cindy. Nice to meet you, Eric. I’m Bill. Hi, Grace. I’m Alice. I. 你能区别哪些是姓哪些是名吗? Hunts Kelsey Bruce Adam Beckham Spears Jones Hand Nick Alan Tony Moore Barnes Mary Kim Potter Miller Gina Jenny Exercises Last names: Hunts Beckham Adam Spears Jones Hand Moore Barnes Potter Miller Adam First names: Kelsey Bruce Nick Alan Tony Mary Kim Gina Jenny II. 单项 选择。 1 . — What’s your _______? —It’s 123-9876. A. color B . phone number C . ID card 2 . My name is Tony Brown . Tony is my ______ name. A. last B . family C . first 3 . — What’s his phone number? — _____ 281-7585 . A. It B . Its C. It’s B C C 4 . 301 is __________ in English. A . one three zero B. three one zero C. three zero one 5 . — What’s your name? —My name is __________ . A . Yu xiaoqian B . Yu Xiao Qian C. Yu Xiaoqian C C III. 按 要求完成下列句子。      1. His first name is Alan . ( 对 画 线部分提问 ) _________________________ 2. My name is Tony. (改为同义句) ______ _______ Tony. 3. Her phone number is 929-31 . ( 对 画 线部分提问 ) _________________________________ What’s his first name? I am What’s her phone number? 4. My family name is Miller. (改为同义句) My _______ ______ is Miller. 5. is, his , number , 535-2375 , telephone (.) (连词成句) __________________________________ last name His telephone number is 535-2375. Ⅳ . 翻译句子。 1. 你姓什么？ 2. 米勒夫人的名字是什么 ? 3. 中间的数字是几？ 4. 她的电话号码是多少？ What's your last name/ family name? What's Mrs. Miller's first name/ given name? What is the middle number? What's her telephone number? Ask your classmates about their information. 2. Fill in the table and then make a report . 3. Write an article to introduce yourself. Homework unit 2 人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件 This is my sister. Section A 1a-2d To learn the names of family members. To listen and understand the conversations about family members. Language Goals To know your family members better, and be able to introduce them to your friends. Emotional Goal Warming-up My family I father mother parents sister brother grandfather grandmother grandparents Match the words with the people in the picture. 1. mother_____ 2. father _____ 3. parents _____ 4. brothers _____ 5. grandmother____ 6. grandfather ____ 7. friend ____ 8. grandparents____ 9. sister ____ 1 a a c b h f e i d g Listen and circle the words you hear in 1a. mother __ 2. father __ 3. parents __ 4. brothers __ 5. grandmother __ 6. grandfather __ 7. friend __ 8. grandparents __ 9. sister __ 1 b Hello! My name is Paul. Let’s see my f a m i ly. Paul's family Wh o ’s she? She’s my s i st e r ? This is my f a th e r. This is my m o th e r. Th e s e are my p a r e nt s . Th e s e are my br o th e r s . That’s my gr a ndm o th e r. That’s my gr a ndf a th e r. Th o s e are my gr a ndp a r e nt s . Role-play the conversation in 1a.Then talk about the other people in the picture. A: That’s my family. Those are my parents. B: Who’s she? A: She’s my sister. Oh, and these are my brothers. 1c She is my sister. Who is she ? Pair work She is my mother. Who is she? Listen and circle the words you hear. parents mother father sister brother grandmother grandfather friend grandparents 2a Listen again. Match the names with the people in the picture. 1.Jenny______ 2.Jack ______ 3.Tom _____ 4. Bob______ 5. Linda_____ 6.Mary______ 2b d c a b e f Ask and answer questions about the photo in 2b. Who’s she? She’s Cindy. Who’s he? He’s her father. 2c 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 Who is he? He is Jack. Who is she? She is his sister. Role-play Role-play Who is he? He is father. Who is she? She is his sister. Role-play the conversation. 2d Sally: Good morning, Jane. Jane: Good morning, Sally. Sally : Oh, Jane, this is my sister Kate. Kate, this is my friend Jane. Kate: Nice to meet you, Jane. Jane: Nice to meet you, too. Are those your parents? Kate: Yes, they are. Jane: And who's he? Sally: He's my brother, Paul. Jane: Oh, I see. Well, have a good day. Sally/Kate: Thanks. You too. Listen and complete the conversation. S: Good morning, Jane. J: Good morning, Sally. S: Oh, Jane, this is my ________ Kate. Kate, _____ is my friend Jane. K: Nice to meet you, Jane. J: Nice to meet you, too. Are those your _________? K: Yes, they are. J: And _______ he? S: He's my ________, Paul. J: Oh, I see. Well, have a good day. S&K: Thanks. You too. sister parents brother this who's Other family members: uncle [ˈʌŋkl] 伯伯 / 叔叔 / 舅父 / 姑父 / 姨父 aunt [ɑːnt] 婶婶 / 舅母 / 姑姑 / 姨母 Other family members: cousin [ˈkʌzn] 堂（表）兄 / 弟，堂（表）姐 / 妹 Language points This is my sister. 这是我的姐姐（妹妹） 。 (1) This is.… 用来介绍他人的常用句型，意为 “ 这是 …… ” 。介绍离说话人比较远的第三者时，可以用 “ That is… ”, 意为“ 那是 …… ” 。当被介绍的人不止一个时，用 “ These are… ” 或 “ Those are… ” 来表达。 these 意为这些，是 this 的复数形式； those 意为那些，是 that 的复数形式。 ► This is my friend Tom. 这是我的朋友汤姆。 ► That’s Jim. 那是吉姆。 ► These are my parents. 这是我的父母。 ► Those are my grandparents. 那是我的（外）祖父母。 (2) 在打电话用语中， This is... 表示“ 我是 …… ” ，用于介绍自己。 ► Hello, this is Lingling speaking. 你好，我是玲玲。 (3) “ That is ” 可以缩写成“ That’s ”，但是 This is, these are 和 Those are 均不能缩写。 1.—Mary, ____is my friend, Lucy. —Nice to meet you, Lucy. A. that B. this C. these D. those 【 运用 】 B 完成句子。 1. 妈妈，这是我的朋友，汤姆。 Mum, 　　　　 　　　 my friend, Tom. 2. 那些是我的祖父母。 　　　　　 　　　　 my grandparents. this is Those are Who’s he? 他是谁 ? （1） who 意为“谁 ” ， 是疑问代词，用于句首引导特殊疑问句，常用来询问人物关系或身份等，其宾格形式是 whom 。 —Who ’ s the man? 那个人是谁? —He’s my uncle. 他是我的叔叔。 （ 2 ） who 作表语时，常用于“ Who+be+ 主语”结构中，系动词be随主语的人称和数的变化而变化： 主语是第三人称单数时用 is ，主语是复数时用 are 。 —Who is this man? 这个人是谁? —He’s Tom’s father. 他是汤姆的父亲。 —Who are these girls? 这些女孩是谁? —They are Joan and Kate. 她们是琼和凯特。 【 运用 】 — ____ is she? — She is my mother. A ． What 　 B ． Who C ． How D ． It B I. 用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1. Lucy, Mary and Linda are my good ______ (friend). 2. Look at the photo. Those are my ____________ (grandparent). 3. Is ____ (these) your sister? 4. They ___ (be) my father and mother. 5. Mr. Black has ( 有 ) three ________ (brother). friends grandparents this are brothers Exercises II. 按要求完成句子，每空一词。 1. That is her aunt.（ 改为复数句 ） _______ ______ her aunts. 2. Are these your brothers? （ 改为单数句 ） _______ _______ your brother? Those are Is this 3. Nancy is my cousin. （ 对 画 线部分提问 ） ______ _______ Nancy? 4. Who is he?（ 改为复数句 ） _______ ______ _______? Who is Who are they III. 连词成句。 1. my, is, Bill, This, friend, (.) ____________________ 2. are, grandparents, Those, his, (.) _________________________ 3. is, she, Who, (?) __________________ This is my friend Bill. Those are his grandparents. Who is she? This is my family photo. Look! ______ are they? They are my _______________. Who is he? He is my ___________. That is my _________. And this is my __________. I have a happy family. We love each other. Who grandparents father mother sister Ⅳ. 根据图片及句意完成短文。 —Mum, I m going on a picnic with my friends today. —Have ______ good day. A. a B. an C. / 中考链接 Have a good day ，意为过得愉快。 Summary Think: 1.Do you know these words? family, grandfather, grandmother, grandparents, father, mother, parents, sister, brother, who, this, these, that, those. 2.How many people are there in your family? Who are they? 3.How to introduce your family members? Remember the new words.  Draw a picture of your family. In the next class, take the picture and introduce it with the words and sentence patterns learned in this class. Homework Section A Grammar Focus-3c To learn how to use demonstrative pronouns and personal pronouns. To learn to introduce your family members. Language Goals L earn to use demonstrative pronouns and personal pronouns to introduce your family members. Emotional Goal my family photo Warming-up Who is he? He is ... Who are they? They are... Th i s is my mother. Th i s is my father. Th e s e are my parents. This is my friend Jane. That ’ s my grandfather. These are my brothers. Those are my parents. Who’s she? She ’ s my sister. Who’s he? He ’ s my brother. Who’re they? They’re my grandparents . Grammar Focus Th i s is an apple. Th a t is an apple, too. Th e s e are bananas. Th o s e are cherries. that’ s ＝ that is who’ re ＝ who are who’ s ＝ who is they’ re ＝ they are Grammar focus 1. _________ my father, and ___________ my mother. 这是我的爸爸，那是我的妈妈。 2. ___________ my parents, and ___________ my friends. 这些是我的父母，那些是我的朋友。 3. _________ he? He's my brother. 他是谁？ 他是我的哥哥。 4. _________ she? She's my sister. 她是谁？ 她是我的姐姐。 5. _________ they? They are my cousins. 他们 / 她们是谁？ 他们是我的表兄弟 / 她们是我的表姐妹。 This is those are These are that is Who's Who's Who're Complete the conversation and practice it with your partner. A: That __ my family. That’s my mother. B: ______ he? A: ____ my father. B: Who’s ___? A: She’s ____ sister. B: And who ____ they? A: ________ my grandparents. Who’s my He’s is are she They are 3a Look at the picture. Make sentences with the words in the three boxes. this that these those my your father mother grandfather grandmother parents grandparents brother sister 3b I Those are my parents. This is my sister. That is my brother. That is my father. I Ask and answer questions about the photos. Who’s he? He’s my grandfather. Who’s …? … 3 c Make conversations in pairs according to the example. Language points 指示代词 （demonstrative pronoun）是表示指示概念的代词，即用来指示或标识人或事物的代词。指示代词与定冠词和人称代词一样，都具有指定的含义，用来起指示作用，或用来代替前面已提到过的名词。 this 指代距离说话人较近的人或物， 复数形式为these 。 that 指代距离说话人较远的人或物， 复数形式为those 。 it 指性别不明的婴儿、身份不明的人或是只闻其声未见其人，或代替前文中所提到的事物。 例 ： This is an apple tree. 这是一棵苹果树。 That is an orange tree. 那是一棵桔子树 。 — It ’ s a nice picture. Who’s in it? 非常 漂亮的照片，上面的人是谁？ —It ’ s me. 是我。 The pen doesn’t work. It ’ s Lily ’ s . 这 支钢笔坏了。它是莉莉的。 用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。 【 运用 】 1. ________( this) boys are from China. 2. — Are ________(that) your parents? — Yes , ________(he) are. 3. — What’ s 　　　 over there ( 在那边 ) ? — It’ s a bus. These those they that I. 句型转换。 1. That is my brother. ( 变为复数句 ) _____ ___ my brothers. 2. It is a nice picture. ( 变为复数句 ) ____ ___ nice pictures. 3. Are these your sisters? ( 变为单数句 ) __ ____ your sister? Those are They are Is this Exercises 4. Are those your friends? （做肯定及否定回答） Yes, ____ ____. No, ____ ______. 5. He’s my father . （ 对 画 线 部分提问） ______ he? 6. They’re my grandparents . （ 对画线 部分提问） _______ they? they are they aren’t Who’s Who’re A: This ______ my family. B: Who’s he? A: ____ my father. B: ______ she? A: _____ my mother. are , they, are, is, thanks, who’s, is, he’s, she’s II. 从方括中选择恰当的单词补全对话。 is He’s Who’s She’s B: _______ those your grandparents? A: Yes, ____ ___. B: __ that your brother? A: Yes. He’s my brother, Dale. B: Oh, I see. Well, have a good day! A: ________! You, too. Are they are Is Thanks Ⅲ . 翻译下列句子。 1. 这是我的祖父母。 2. 那是你的妈妈吗？ 是的，她是。 3. 那些是你的书吗？ 是 的，这些是我的书。 These are my grandparents. Is that your mother? Yes, she is. Are those your books? Yes, they are my books. Summary 1.What's the meaning of these words? this, that, those, they, parents, grandparents, it 2.Use this, that, these, those to introduce your family. This is… That’s… These are… Those are… 用 下列句型介绍一下你的一张家庭照片。 Homework Section B 1a-1d To learn to talk about family members . To listen and understand the conversation about family members. To learn to introduce family members . Language Goals To know your family members better, and to love your family. Emotional Goal These/Those are… This/that is … Who is/are … He/She is … They are … Free talk ： talk about the picture with your partner. dad uncle daughter daughter brother mom aunt sister son cousin grandma grandpa Add the words in the box to the family tree. sister son cousin grandpa mom aunt 1a Match the words with the pictures. mom brother dad cousin grandparents grandmother grandfather aunt uncle mother father cousin cousin I brother I am Gina. (daughter) (son) Gina’s family Complete the family tree. Listen and check ( √ ) the words you hear. grandpa____ grandma ___ cousin ___ dad ____ mom ___ uncle ____ aunt ___ brother ____ sister ___ friends _______ √ √ √ √ √ √ 1b Match the answers with the questions. 1.They are my grandpa and grandma. 2.He's my uncle. 3.Yes, she is. 4.No, they aren't. 5.She's my friend. A. Who's she? B. Are those your grandparents? C. Who are they? D. Who's he? E. Is this your cousin? Listen again. Which picture are Jiang Tao and Tom talking about? 1c √ Listen and fill in blanks. Then role play with your partner. A: This is a _____ of my family. This is my______. B: __________ he? A: __________ my uncle. B: And is _________ your cousin? A: Yes, she's my cousin Jiang Shan. And _____ _____ her friends. B: _________ they? A: They're my ___________ and ___________. photo aunt Who's He's she these are Who're grandpa grandma Draw a picture of your family and friends. Tell your partner about your picture. 1d Fill in the blanks, and role play with your partner. 1. Look! This a p___________ of my brothers . 2. This is my a_______, Mary. She ’ s my father ’ s s________. icture/hoto ister unt 3. —Is Bob your u____? —Yes. He ’ s my mom's b _____ __. 4. Jenny is my sister. Sh e’ s my dad ’ s d _________. 5. Is that boy your brother? No. He ’ s my c ______ _. aughter ousin rother ncle Language points grandparent/ ˈgrænpeərənt/ n. 祖父（母）；外祖父（母）。 grandparent 相当于 grandfather or grandmother，为单数形式，指一个人；grandparents相当于grandfather and grandmother， 意为“祖父母；外祖父母”，为复数形式，指两个人。 例：They are my grandparents. 他们是我的祖父母 。 【 拓展 】 这是一个合成词，由 “ grand+parent ”构 成。 类似此结构的合成词还有： grandfather (外)祖父，grandmother ( 外 ) 祖母 grandson (外)孙子， granddaughter (外)孙女。 可数名词的复数形式： a. 可以直接以数字计算的名词称为可数名词，可数名词有单数和复数两种形式。 b. 对可数名词来说，当表示一个人或事物时用单数形式；表示两个或两个以上的人或事物时则用复数形式。 c. 单数可数名词变为复数名词有以下规则： (1)一般情况下在名词后面加 -s 。 pencil→ pencil s , sister→ sisters, (2)以辅音字母加y结尾的名词，先将 y 改为 i ，再加 - es 。 family → families (3)以 s, x, ch, sh 结尾的名词后加 -es. watch→watch es , box→box es (盒子） (4) 以 f 或 fe 结尾的名词，先将f或fe改为 v ，再加 -es knife →knives( 小刀 ) (5)以o结尾的名词，有的加 - es ， 有的直接加 - s 。 tomato →tomatoes (西红柿) ， hero heros( 英雄 ) photo →photos （照片） (6)特殊情况，无规则可循。 man →men （男人）， person people ( 人 ) 【 运用 】 单复数专项练习 1. parent ________ 2. sister ________ 3. photo ________ 4. family ________ 5. watch ________ 6.zoo_______ 7. cousin _______ 8. dog _________ 9. wife _______ 10.radio _______ parents sisters photos families watches zoos cousins dogs wives radios I. 根据句意及首字母提示补全单词。 1.Look! My s________ is a lovely girl. 2. My b________ likes football very much. 3. Bob is her son and she is Bob’s m________． 4. My father’s parents are my g____________． 5. There are four people in my f________． ister rother other randparents amily Exercises II. 单项填空。 1.— Who’s she？—________． A．She is my sister B．He is my brother C．I am Gina D．She is in China 2.Your father’s father is your ________． A．grandfather B．grandmother C．parent D．sister A A 3.Mike, ________ is my sister Mary. Mary, ________ is my friend Mike. A. she; he B. he; she C. this; that D. this; this 4.Tommy and I________ good friends. A. am B. is C. are D. / D C Ⅲ. 单句改错。 1. This are a photo of my family. 2.Is these your family? 3.Who is they? 4.Do you know he? 5.He is my sister. ____ is ______ this Who is he/she? or Who're they? ___ him He is my brother. or She is my sister. Summary 1.Who are in your family? 2. 把下面单数名词变为复数： brother, grandparent, tomato, photo, lady, knife, orange, woman 3. Draw a picture of your family tree. 1. Draw a photo of your family and introduce your family members. 2. Remember the new words in this class. Homework Section B 2a-2c To learn the expression of family members. To learn inverted sentences. To learn the usages of singular verbs and plural verbs. Language Goals To talk about your family members and to be familiar with your friends' family. Emotional Goal grandmother grangfather sister father mother Warming up Who are they? Find the male and female first names in this unit and write them. Jiang Tao Tom Bob Jack Alan Eric John Paul Bill Dale Cindy Mary Linda Jenny Jane Kate Helen Sally Li Lan Jiang Shan 2a Find the first names and last names. Mary, Miley, Jiang, Yifan, Smith, Wu, Kate, Brown, Coco ， Jane ， Jack, Chan First name: Mary, Miley,Yifan, Kate, Coco, Jane, Jack, Chan Last name: Jiang, Smith, Wu, Brown, Chan Pair work: Look at the picture, and make conversations with your parner. Here/there is/are... Who is/ are... She/he is... They are... Read about Jenny’s family and circle the names. My Family Hi, I’m Jenny. Here are two nice photos of my family. My grandfather and grandmother are in the first photo. These are my parents, Alan and Mary. In the next picture are my brothers, Bob and Eric. These two girls are my sister Cindy and my cousin Helen. Coco is in my family, too. 2b Check the sentences true (T) or false(F)? If false, how to correct? 1. Jenny's grandparents are both in the picture. 2. Jenny is Mary's mother. 3. Helen is Cindy's sister. 4. Bob is Helen's father. T F Mary is Jenny's mother. F Helen is Cindy's cousin. F Bob is Jenny and Cindy's father.He's Helen's uncle. Read and fill in the blanks. 1. My grandparents are in the _____ photo. 2. My brothers are _____ and _____. 3. Coco is ________. first Bob Eric a dog 2c Read the passage again and complete the sentences. 1. My name is__________ . 2. Alan and Mary are my__________ . 3. Bob and Eric are my ___________. 4. Cindy is my ________. 5. Helen is my _________. 6. ________ is the name of my dog. Jenny parents brothers sister cousin Coco Read the passage and retell it. My Family Hi, I’m Jenny. Here are two nice photos of my family. My grandfather and grandmother are in the first photo. These are my parents, Alan and Mary. In the next picture are my brothers, Bob and Eric. These two girls are my sister Cindy and my cousin Helen. Coco is in my family, too. 1. Here are two nice photos of my family. 这里有两张我家人的漂亮照片。 此句为倒装句，正常的语序应该是“ Two nice photos of my family are here ” 当句子以 here, there 等副词开头时，要用 倒装句 ，即“ Here / There＋谓语动词＋主语（名词） ”。 Language points 其中谓语动词的形式要看后面主语而定，后面主语是复数，谓语动词要用复数，后面主语是单数，谓语动词也要用单数。 例：Here is the news. 这里有一条消息。 【 拓展 】 倒装句的结构 主语 句式结构 例　句 名词 Here/There +be/ 其他动词 + 名词或名词短语 Here is a book. 这儿有一本书。 代词 Here/There+ 人称代词 +be/ 其他动词 Here you are. 给你。 【 运用 】 1. 看 ! 这是你的钢笔。 Look! 　　　 　　　　　 your pen. 2. 它们在这儿。 Here 　　　 　　　　　 . 3. 这里有三床被子。 　　　　 　　　　 three quilts . Here is they are Here are photo / 'fəʊtəʊ / n. 照片 photo 的复数形式是 photos 。 photo 是 photograph 的缩写形式，主要指用照相机拍出来的“照片”， take a photo 照相，拍照。例： This photo is very old. 这张照片很旧了。 This is a photo of my family. 这是我家的一张家庭照。 photo 的复数形式是 photos. next / nekst/ adj. & n. 下一个（的）；接下来（的） 例： I hope we can do better next time. 我希望下次我们能够做得更好。 拓展： next 作副词，表示“ 然后，接下去 ”。 例： What can we do next ？ 然后我们做什么？ 【 运用 】 1.In the next picture ________ my brothers and sisters. A. are B. is C. am D. Be 2.Is that a photo his family?  A. to　　B. of　　 C. for　 　D. with A B 选择题 I. 根据句意及汉语提示完成单词 。 1. This is a (照片) of my family.  2. The (女孩) is my good friend.  3. (这儿) is a pen for you.  4. I have a little (狗).  5. What’s in the (下一张) picture? photo/picture girl Here dog next Exercises II. 单项选择 。 1.Look! Here your pencils and eraser.  A. is B.am C. are D. be 2.Those are her .  A. a photo B. photoes C. the photos D. photos 3.This is my sister and my parents.  A. these’s B. this is C. that is D. those are C D D III. 完成句子。 1. 这儿有一张我家的全家福。 　　　 　　 a photo of my family. 2. 她的猫叫什么名字 ? What’s 　　　　　　 her cat? 3. 最后一张照片里有我爷爷和奶奶。 My grandpa and grandma are . 　　　　　　　　　　　　　 Here is the name of in the last photo/picture 4. 他不是我叔叔。 He 　　　　　 my 　　　　　 . 5. 第一张照片里的男孩是谁 ? Who’s the boy ? 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 isn’t uncle in the first photo/picture Ⅳ. 翻译句子。 1. 我的父母在第一张照片里。 2. 我有一个妹妹 Mei 和一个表妹 Jane. 3. 桌子上有三张照片和一本书。 4. 我可以用用你的铅笔吗？ 给你。 　　 　　　　　　　　　　 My parents are in the first photo. I have a sister Mei and a cousin Jane. There are three photos and a book on the desk. Can I use your pencil? Here you are. 1.What's first name? What's last name? Give examples. 2.Learn there-be/here-be sentence patterns and make sentences. 3.The inverted sentence patterns. Summary Review what you have learned. 2. Preview the new words and expressions. Homework Section B 3a-Self Check To learn the writing methods and skills of English expository. To learn complete the writing task of "My family ". Language Goals To understand your family members and to love them. Emotional Goal If you were Liuxing, how do you introduce your family ? ( 如果你是刘星，你怎么介绍你的家人？) Warming up I have a happy family, this is my family photo. father mother parents. sister brother This is my…. These are my dad mom That is my grandmother grandfather These are my grandparents. grand [grænd] adj. 伟大的 Small talk Can you please introduce Liu Xing's family to your classmates? Complete the passage with the words in the box. Then draw a picture of Paul’s family. brothers parents Cindy family Hi. My name is Paul. This is a photo of my_______. These are my________ and these are my________ , John and Bob. This is my sister_______. family parents brothers Cindy 3a Read the passage and answer the questions. 1.How many people are there in Paul's family? 2.Who is Paul's sister? 3.How many brothers does Paul have? Who're they? Six. Cindy. Two. John and Bob. Bring a family photo to class and write about it. Then tell a classmate about your family. Hi, I am _________. Here is a photo of my family. These are __________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ 3b 人称 :__________ ___ 时态 :___________ ___ __ 体裁： ________, 按 ___ ___ __ 的顺序叙述 。 写作指导 一般现在时 第一人称 说明文 逻辑 (1) 作文 的前两句话已给出，第一空格处应填好自己的名字。 (2) 然后 ，将照片上的家人的姓名或与自己的关系向大家作介绍。同学们可以按辈份或年龄的大小有顺序地依次进行介绍。 (3) 注意 运用正确的句型，在介绍父母或祖父母等多个人时，可用 These/Those are… 句型；在介绍单个的人时，应用 This/That is… 句型。 Outline 提纲 I hope you like my family. Hi, I am... . Your family members’ information . Beginning: Main body: Ending: Group work: If you're Jack, how do you introduce your family? Write a passage. Jack brother Bob cousin Dale grandparents parents uncle and aunt Hi. I’m _____. Here is a photo of my family. These are __________________________________________________________________ __________________ __________________ An example: Jack grandparents Those are my parents. Those are my aunt and uncle. This is my brother Bob. That is my cousin Dale. Male Both Female father/dad grandfather/ grandpa son brother uncle grandparents parents cousin mother/mom grandmother/grandma daughter sister aunt 1. Group the words for family members you have learned. Self Check Bill: Here’s a photo of my family. Dale: ________ he? Bill: ____ my uncle. Dale: _____ this girl? Bill: _____ my cousin. Dale: Are ____ your parents? Bill: Yes, _ ___ are. And these ____ my grandparents . Who’s He’s Who’s She’s they they are 2. Complete the conversation. I. 根据 句意及汉语提示写单词。 1. _________(这儿) is your pen. It is blue. 2 . This is a ____________(照片) of my family. 3 . In the _________(下一个) photo are my mother and brother. 4 . My good friend is a _______(女孩)． 5 . —What ’ s this in English? —It ’ s a ________(狗)． Here photo next girl dog Exercises II.按要求完成句子。 1. That is a photo of his family. (改为同义句) That is ______________photo. 2. This is a picture. (改为复数句) ___________ are ___________． 3. The girl is my cousin ，Helen． ( 对 划 线部分提问 ) _____________ the girl ? his family These pictures Who is 4. my, girls, sisters, these, are, two (.)(连词成句) 5. my, is, in, cousin, first, photo, the (.)(连词成句) These two girls are my sisters. My cousin is in the first photo. III. 用方框中所给词的适当形式完成句子。 1. Jenny and Mary are my _________． They’re my aunt’s daughters . 2. — Are _________your parents ? — Yes, they are. 3. —Wha t i s _______name ? — Kate . 4. — What are those ? —They’re ________． 5. The name of the dog _____Snoopy. cousins is these her keys cousins these her keys is Ⅳ . 短文填空。 Hi,I'm John. I have a happy family. Look, this is my family______. There ___ ___ people in my family. _________ are my grandparents Jack and Mary. ____ is my father Bob and that is my mother Jane. I also have a brother, ____ name is Joe. I love my family. photo are six These/Those This his 1.How to use the following words: this, that, these, those,is, are,am 2.How many parts are there in an article? How to write an article to introduce your family? Summary 1.Write a short passage about your family or friends. Pay attention to proper use : This/That is... These /Those are... Sentence patterns. Homework unit 3 人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件 Is this your pencil. Section A 1a-2d To learn the things in the classroom. To learn to identify ownership. To learn possessive pronouns: mine, yours, his, hers... Language Goals To learn to ask the owner of things in our daily life. Emotional Goal A: Hello! My name’s… / I’m… What’s your name? B: My name’s / I’m … A: Nice to meet you. B: Nice to meet you, too. A: Is this a photo of your family? B: Yes, it is. A: Is this your brother? B: Yes, he is. Warming up Is this a...? Is this a notebook? Yes, it is. Is this a knife? No, it isn't. an eraser What things are there in your schoolbag? a pencil a pen a book a ruler a pencil box a schoolbag a dictionary an eraser What's this in English? It's a/an... What's this in English? It's an eraser. What's this in English? It's a ruler. 1. pencil __ 2. pen __ 3. books __ 4. eraser __ 5. ruler __ 6. pencil box __ 7. schoolbag __ 8. dictionary __ e g b h c f a d Match the words with the things in the picture. 1a Number the things in the picture. 1.eraser 2.pen 3.ruler 4.knife 5.pencil 6.pencil box 7.schoolbag 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 What's this in English? It's a... Make conversations with your partner. pencil pen dictionary book ruler eraser schoolbag pencil box Listen and number the conversations(1-3). A: Is this your pencil? B: Yes, it is. It’s mine. A: Is that your schoolbag? B: No, it isn’t. It’s his. A: Are these your books? B: No, they aren’t. They’re hers. 3 2 1 1b A: Is this your pencil? B: Yes, it is. It’s mine. Practice the conversations above with your partner. Then make your own conversations. 1c A: Is that your schoolbag? B: No, it isn’t. It’s his. A: Are these your books? B: No, they aren’t. They’re hers. Is this your book? Yes, it is. It’s mine. It's your turn to make your own conversations. Listen and check the things you hear. √ √ √ √ 2a Listen again. Complete the conversation with the words in the box. 2b eraser pencil ruler pencil box books Tom: Excuse me, Grace. Is this your______? Grace: Yes, thank you. And those are my_______. Tom: And Jane, is this your______? Jane: No, it isn’t. It’s hers. Tom: OK, and these are my______. This is your _________, Jane. erasers pencil ruler pencil box books Practice the conversation in 2b. Then make your own conversations using the things in your classroom. 2c Is this your pencil? Yes, it is . Is this your book? No, it isn’t. It’s hers. Are these your erasers? Yes, they are. Role-play the conversation. Look at the picture. What can you see in the picture? A dictionary, pencils, pens and an eraser. 2d Teacher: Hi, Anna. Are these your pencils? Anna: No, they’re Bob’s. Teacher: And is this his green pen? Anna: No, it isn’t. The blue pen is his. Teacher: What about this dictionary? Anna: It’s Helen’s. And the green pen is hers, too. Teacher: And the eraser? Is that yours? Anna: Yes, it is . Teacher: Thank you for your help, Anna. Anna: You’re welcome. 1. What about this dictionary? It’s Helen’s . What about …? 意为“ …… 怎么样？” , 相当于 “ How about…? ” , about 是介词，后面可 接名词、代词或 动词 - ing 形式。用于非正式场合中对所谈话题进行反问， 或向对方征求意见。 Language points 例句：I’m busy this afternoon. What about this evening? 今天下午我比较忙。今晚怎么样？ I like English. How about you? 我喜欢英语。你呢？ 2. Thank you for your help, Anna. thank you for … 意为 “为……感谢你” ,等于 Thanks for…, 都是表 达 感谢的方式。 for是介词，后加 名词、代词或动词-ing 形式 。 表示感谢的内 容或原因，即 thank you for sth. 或 thank you for doing sth. 他人对自己说 “Thank you” 时，可以回答 “You're welcome!” ( 不用谢 ) 例句： Thank you for your books. = Thanks for your books. 多谢你的书。 Thank you for your photos. 谢谢你的照片 。 Thank you for helping me. 谢谢你帮助我。 【 运用 】 1.It’s Sunday today. What about 　　　　　 (go) swimming? 2.My pen is black. And you ? ( 选出替代画线部分的 选项 ) A. What about yours 　　 B. How are you C. Excuse me D. Sorry going A 3. 你呢？ _____________ _____________you? 4. —谢谢你的帮助。 —不用谢。 —_____________ you _____________ your help. —You’re _____________. What about Thank for welcome I. 根据提示填写单词。 1. That ____________ （铅笔） is not mine. 2. This is her ____________ （盒子） . 3. That is a ____________ （字典） . 4. Is this your ____________ （书包） ? 5. That ____________ （书） is Jim’s. 6. I lost my notebook in the school ________ (图书馆). 7. That white cup is ________ (你的). 8. Excuse me, are these two ______________ (字典) Helen’s? 9. I can ________ (帮助) Helen and Sally. pencil box dictionary schoolbag book library yours help dictionaries Exercises II. 根据汉语意思完成句子。 1. 请问，这是你的铅笔盒吗？ _____________ , is this _____________ pencil box ? 2. 这些书是你的吗？ _____________ these _____________? 3 . 这些钥匙不是我的。 These _____________ are _____________. Excuse me your Are books yours keys not mine Ⅲ. 翻译句子。 1. 请问，这本书是你的吗？ 2. 那本词典是他的吗？ 不，是我的。 3. 我的铅笔盒在桌子上。 4. 书包里有铅笔、尺子和橡皮。 Excuse me, is this book yours? —Is that dictionary his? —No, it's mine. My pencil box is on the desk. There are pencils, rulers and erasers in the schoolbag. –Allan, I found a red eraser under your chair. Is it yours? –Oh, yes. It’s ____. Thank you, Mike. A. me B. my C. mine 中考链接 我（宾格） 由问句“它是你的吗？”可知回答“是我的。” 我的（形容词性物主代词） 我的（名词性物主代词） 1. 写出下列单词对应的名词性物主代词： you, I, his, her Summary 2.What are in your school bag? Tell your classmates and count them. Review the words and conversations we learned today. 2. Preview for the next lesson. Homework Section A Grammar Focus-3c To learn to use Yes/No questions and short answers to identify ownership. To learn to use possessive pronouns mine, yours, his, hers . Language Goals Let's play a guessing game What’s that? Is that a/an …? Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. Warming up What’s this? Is this a/an…? Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. What’s that? Is that a/an…? Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. Are these her…? Yes, they are./ No, they aren’t. Are those his…? Yes, they are./ No, they aren’t. Are those her…? Yes, they are./ No, they aren’t. Grammar Focus Is this your pencil? Yes, it is. It’s mine . / No, it isn’t. It’s hers . Is this his green pen? Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. The blue pen is his . Is that your schoolbag? Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. It’s his . Are these your books? Yes, they are. / No, they aren’t. They’re hers . Are those her keys? Yes, they are. / No, they aren’t. They’re mine . it’s ＝ it is isn’t ＝ is not aren’t ＝ are not Grammar focus 1. _________ your school bag? （作肯定回答） 这是你的书包吗？ 是的，它是。 2. _________ your pencils? （作否定回答） 这些是你的铅笔吗？ 不，它们不是。 3. _________ your eraser? （作肯定回答） 那是你的橡皮吗？ 是的，它是。 4. _________ your rulers? （作否定回答） 那些是你的尺子吗？ 不，它们不是。 Is this Are these No, they aren't. Yes, it is. No, they aren't. Yes, it is. Is that Are those Complete the questions and answers about each picture. Is _______ your book? Yes, it is. No, it ________. Are _______ my pencils? Yes, _______ are. No, they aren’t. Is _______ his ruler? Yes, it ________. No, it isn’t. Are _______ her pens? Yes, they are. No, they _______. this isn’t these they that is those aren’t 3a Group work Use the things in the picture and the sentence patterns in 3a to make your own conversations.Then role-play in front of your classmates. 3b Read the questions and complete the answers. Yes, _______. It’s ________. No, _________. ______ Sally’s. 1. Is this her ruler? 2. Is that Eric’s schoolbag? it is hers it isn't It's 3. Are these his pencils ? 4. Are those Anna’s books? Yes, _________. They’re ________. No , ____________. _________ mine. they are his they aren't They're Put some things into the teacher’s box. Then take one thing out of the box and find the owner. You only have two guesses! No, it isn’t. 3c Is this your eraser? B: Yes, it is. No, it isn’t. Find the Owner A: Is this your … ? Let's play the game! — What’s this in English? — It’s a / an … — How do you spell it? — … — Is this your … — No, it isn’t. — Is this his / her … — No, it isn’t. It’s his / her … You can use the following sentence patterns: Is that/this …? 那 / 这是 …… 吗 ？ 这 是个一般疑问句，是用来确认物主关系的 。 肯定回答 ： Yes, it is. 否定回答： No, it isn’t. 注意 ： 答语 不用 this 或 that 。 例句 ： Is this an orange? 这是个桔子吗 ？ Yes , it is. 是 的，它 是。 Is that your jacket? 那是你的夹克吗 ？ No , it isn’t. 不 ，不是。 Language points Are these/those …? 这些 / 那些是 …… 吗？ 在这种句型中 名词要用复数形式 。不用 不可数名词。 肯定回答： Yes, they are. 是的。 否定回答： No, they aren’t. 不是。 注意： 不能用 these 或 those 来作简 略回答 。 例句： Are these your rulers? 这些 是你的尺子吗？ No , they aren’t. 不是。 Are those his erasers ? 那些 是他的橡皮吗？ Yes , they are. 是。 一调二改三问号 “一调” ： 把 be 动词调至句首； “二改”： 改主语称谓； “三问号”： 在句末加上问号 This is my pen . Is this your pen ? 含有 be 动词的陈述句变一般疑问句 根据要求完成句子。 1. This is her eraser. ( 改一般疑问句 ) 2. Is that Mary’s pen? ( 否定回答 ) 3. That is my ruler. ( 否定陈述句 ) 4. Is his pen here? ( 肯定回答 ) Is this her eraser? No, it isn’t. That isn’t my ruler. Yes, it is. 【 运用 】 5. This is a pen. ( 变为一般疑问句） 6. Is this your pen? ( 肯定回答） 7. Is that her English book? ( 否定回答） Is this a pen? Yes, it is. No, it isn’t. 狗的名字 __________________ the name of the dog 1. 表示 无生命事物的所有关系 ，用“ 名词 + of + 名词 ”结构，表示前者属于后者。 2. 表示 有生命事物的所有关系 ，在 名词其后加 ’s 来 表示所属关系，意为“ …… 的 ”。 例：安娜的 Anna’s 鲍勃的 Bob’s 名词所有格 名词所有格的构成 方法 一般的 单数名词 在词尾直接加 “ ’s ” Tom’s book 汤 姆的书 my uncle’s car 我叔叔的小汽车 以 -s 结尾的复数名词 在词尾加 “ ’s ” the students ’ basketball 学生们的篮球 不规则复数名词 在词尾加 “ ’s ” Women’s Day 妇女节 Children’s Day 儿童节 名词性物主代词 。 mine ， hers ， yours 等是名词性物主 代词 ，相当于一个名词，可以在句子中单独使用。它相当于“形容词物主代词 + 名词 ”。而形容词性物主代词只能和名词在一起使用。 例句： This is your ruler. It’s not my ruler. = This ruler is yours . It’s not mine . 这 是你的尺子，它不是我的。 Those aren’t his books . They’re her books . = Those books aren’t his . They’re hers . 那些 书不是他的。它们是她的。 形容词性物主代词和名词性物主代词表 1. Dale’s father is a teacher. ______ is a teacher, too. A . I B. My C. Mine D. Me 2 . This is my book. ＿＿  is  over there.     A. Your     B. Yours     C. You     D. Mine 3. Whose pencils are there?    They ’ re  ＿＿.     A. my     B. me     C. mine      D. our  C 【 运用 】 B C I. 单项 选择。 1. — Is this your key, Jenny? — No . ______ is in my schoolbag. A . His B. Hers C. Mine 2. — Is this _______ book? — No, it isn’t ________. A. theirs; their B. hers; his C. your; mine 3. The green pen isn’t ____. It’s ______. A. his, his B. his, yours C. yours, my C C B Exercises 4. — Excuse me, are these ___ new shoes? — No, they aren’t. ____ are black over there. A . her; Hers B. her; She C. hers; Her 5. These aren’t ____ yellow pencils. The blue pencils are___. A . mine, my B. his, his C. hers, her 6. — Is that ____ pencil box? — No, it isn’t. It’s _______. A . Eric, Linda’s B . Linda, Eric C . Eric’s, Linda’s A B C 1. — Are those your ____________ (pencil box)? — Yes, they are. They’re _____ (my). 2. — Is that _______ (Anna) green eraser. — No, it isn’t. The red eraser is ____ (her). 3 . — Are ______ (this) your keys? —No , _____ (it) aren’t. 4. — Is the blue pencil ______ (your), Linda? — No , it isn’t. It’s ______ (Bob). 5. That isn’t ______ (Eric) schoolbag. ____ (his) is red. II. 用所给单词的适当形式填空。 these these mine Anna’s pencil boxes hers yours Bob’s Eric’s His III. 根据提示完成句子。 1 . ______ _______ (那些是) Dale’s keys? 2. Is this her eraser? （改为复数句） _______ _______ her erasers? 3. Are those his rulers? （作否定回答） No, ______ ______. 4.Are those his keys? （改为单数句） _______ _______ his key? Are those Are these they aren’t Is that Ⅳ . 翻译句子。 1. 那些橡皮是你的吗？ 不是，它们是玛丽的。 2. 这是你的书吗？ 是的，是我的。 3. 那是李明的词典吗？ 不，不是。它是我的。 4. 这些是他的尺子吗？ 是的，是他的。 —Are those erasers yours? —No, they aren't. They are Mary's. —Is this your book? —Yes, it is. It's mine. —Is that Li Ming's dictionary? —No, it isn't. It's mine. —Are these his rulers? —Yes, they are. 中考链接 — Excuse me, may I use your dictionary? ______ is at home . — Certianly . But remember to returnit on time. A. I B . Me C . My D . Mine D 由“我可以用你的字典吗？我的在家里。”可知要用名词性物主代词。 Summary 1. 写出下列单词的名词性物主代词： his, her, I, it, you 2. 写出下列名词的所有格： Mary, Paul, Li Ming, women, Browns 3.How to ask the owner of things? What sentence patterns did we learn? 1. Finish the exercises. 2. Preview the new words and expressions. 3. Preview 1a-1e. Homework Section B 1a-1e To learn new words: baseball,watch, computer, game,card, notebook,ring,bag. To learn the sentence patterns: 1.A: What’s this? B: It’s a ... 2. How do you spell it? Language Goals Do you know these things? Warming up notebook baseball key watch computer game ring Let's play a game! Who has the best eyes? 谁的眼睛最亮? Name the things as soon as you see them. What's this? Match the words with the things in the picture. 1a baseball ____ 5. key ______ 2. watch ____ 6. notebook ____ 3. computer game____ 7. ring ____ 4. ID card ____ 8.pen ____ 9. bag ____ e b h a i g c d f Ask and answer questions about the things in the picture in 1a. 这是什么？ 你怎么拼写它的？ 1b A: What’s this? B: It’s a(an) … A: How do you spell it? B: ... computer game ID - card notebook baseball pen ring key Is this a book? No, it isn't. What’s this? It’s a pencil. How do you spell it? P-E-N-C-I-L. According to the example, make converstions. Pair-work Yes No No Yes No Yes No Yes Listen and circle the things you hear in 1a. 1c 1.baseball _____ 2.watch ____ 3.computer game____ 4.ID card ____ 5.key___ 6.notebook _____ 7.ring____ 8.pen____ Listen again. Write the things that belong to Linda or Mike. Linda watch _______ ______ ____________________ Mike ID card pen baseball 1d Listen again and fill in the blanks. —I lost my ________ this morning. —OK. Is this your _______ ? —No, it _______. That's my _______. —_______ you are. —And that's my __________. —OK. What's your name? —Linda. watch watch isn't watch Here ID card —That's my _____. —_______? —Yes...and that's my _______. —All right. What's your name? —Mike. —OK. Here's your ________. —Thank you. pen This baseball baseball Student A is Linda and Student B is Mike. Make conversations about the things in 1d. Then change roles. 1e What will they say? It’s a watch. 它是一块手表。 Language points watch 可数名词，复数 ： watches 拓展： 英语中以 s, x, sh, ch 结尾的名词，在变复数时末尾加- es bus-buses 公共汽车 box-boxes 盒子 dish-dishes 盘，碟 match-matches 比赛 1 watch 与 clock watch ( 表 ) clock ( 钟表 ) 手表 、 怀表 或 秒表 指 钟表、挂钟、闹钟 等，常用来掌握时间，多带有闹钟的功能，以提醒人们注意时间 根据汉语提示填写单词或短语 。 1.Are these your ___________ (watch), Mary? 2. 这些手表是她的。 These ____________ are ________ . 3 . 这块手表不是我的。 This ____________ isn’t mine. 【 运用 】 watches watches hers watch How do you spell it? 你怎么拼写它？ 这是一个特殊疑问句，用来询问拼写方法。注意：回答拼 写单词时每个字母都要大写，而且字母与字母之间用连字 符连接。 英语中常用代词代替已知的名词，而不重复该词。本句中 it 代替需要拼写的单词。用于询问或要求对方拼写单词的 表达方式还有： 2 Can you spell it, please? 请你把它拼写出来，好吗？ Spell it, please. 请把它拼写出来。 Do you know how to spell it? 你知道它如何拼写吗？ — 这是什么？ — 它是一张地图。 — 你怎么拼写它呢？ — What’s this ? — It’s a map. — How do you spell it? 【 运用 】 2. Mary lost her _______ this afternoon. 3. —Is this your notebook, Nancy? —No. It’s not m ______ . I. 根据图片语或首字母提示填写单词。 1. Here are two ________. watches ring ine Exercises II. 选择填空。 1 .What ’ s this __________ English?  It ’ s a backpack.    A. to   B. in    C. and    D. for  2.________ do you spell watch? W-A-T-C-H. A. What B. What's C. How D. How's 3.Can you spell ________ name? Yes. M-A-R-Y. A. you B. your C. it's D. it 4.Bill finds his watch. He says_______ Is this your watch? B. What's this in English? C. This is my watch. D. No, it isn't. B C B C . 句型转换。 1. It’s an apple . （就画线部分提问） ___________? — ____________? ( 根据答语写出问句 ) — It’s a baseball. — __________________? — B-A-S-E-B-A-L-L. What’s this What’s this How do you spell it III A: Excuse me (请原谅), Mary. __________________ (这是你的书吗)? B: Yes, it is. A: Mary, is this your_______ (铅笔)? B: No, it isn’t. It’s his. A: ________________(这是什么)? B: It’s ___ _________(橡皮). A: How do you ________(拼写) it? B: E-R-A-S-E-R. What’s this . 根据汉语提示补全对话。 Is this your book pencil eraser spell an Ⅳ 1.Do you remember these words? ring, watch, computer game, spell, how, notebook, key, baseball 2.Complete the conversation. —_______ this? —It's a _______. —______________? —B-A-S-A-B-A-L-L. Summary What's baseball How do you spell it 1. Remember the words and expressions we learned in class. 2. Practice the conversations with your partners. 3. Preview 2a-3b. Homework Section B 2a-2c To learn the new words: library,some, classroom, e-mail,find, lost, ask for,must, call… To learn the lost and found notices. Language Goals When you lose things, how to find them or ask for help. When you find things but you don't know the owner, how should you do to help others. Emotional Goals I lost my keys. 选择与单词意思相符的图片 Warming up There are many books in the library . “Where are you going?” she asked. I couldn’t find my mobile phone before the class. But I remembered putting it into my handbag in the morning. I feel so worried. Is it stolen by someone? Or is it left behind somewhere? What should I do now? What should he do? Write the things you lose easily. school ID card watch key schoolbag wallet ( 钱包 ) ruler eraser notebook … pen 2 a Read the notices on the board and circle the lost things. Lin Hai, A computer game is in the school library. Is it yours ？ Ask the teacher for it. Mike Is this your watch? My phone number is 495-3539. Call me. John 2b Found: Some keys are in Classroom 7E. Are they yours? E-mail me at maryg2@gfimail. com. Lost: I lost my school ID card. I must find it. Call me at 685-6034. Thanks. Tom Read the notices again and write down the items. Then check ( √ ) Lost or Found. 2c Item Lost Found ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ID card watch keys computer game √ √ √ √ Check the answer 策略：搜索关键词及目标句型。 Read the notices again and answer the questions. 1.Who found a computer game? 2.If you lost your watch, what can you do? 3.Who lost ID card? How to contact the owner? Mike. Call John at 495-3539. Tom. Call him at 685-6034. 1.Ask the teacher for it. ask sb. for sth. : 向某人索取某物；向某人要某物 例 ： You can ask him for the dictionary. 你可以找他要那本词典。 Don’t ask me for it. Go and ask your father ( for it). 不要向我要 ( 它 ) ，去向你爸爸要吧。 Language points You can _______ Grace _______ ( 向某人要某物 ) your map. 2. “Where are our pens?” they ______ ( 询问 ). 【 运用 】 ask for ask 2.A computer game is in the school library. in 为介词，意为 “在……里” ，表示方位。 例： My pens are in the pencil box. 我的笔在铅笔盒里。 3.Call me at 685-7788. call 在此句中意为“ 打电话 ”，常用于以下结构： call sb. 给某人打电话 Call him this afternoon. 今天下午给他打电话。 call + 电话号码 拨打 …… （号码） Pleas call 110. 请拨打110。 call sb. at + 电话号码 拨打……（号码）找某人 Call Mary at 236-0396. 请拨打236-0396找玛丽 。 你可以按照234-6789给杰克拨打电话。 You can _______ Jack _______234-6789. 点拨 ：“（给……）打电话”，用动词 call ；“（ 提供电话号码时使用）按照 ；根据”用介词 at 。 【 运用 】 call at 4. E-mail me at maryg2@gfimail.com. at prep. 放在电子邮箱的地址或电话号码等前面，表示 “按照……；根据……” at 表示时间，用于钟点前，用于时刻前 ，译为 “在……时（刻）”。如： at three／three o’clock 在三点 at a quarter to six 六点差一刻 at noon 在中午 at night 在夜晚 at midnight 在半夜 at breakfast／lunch／supper 在吃早饭／午饭／晚饭时 at this time of day 在每天这个时候 at 表示地点，一般用于较小的地名（方）前，译为 “在……”。如： at home 在家 at the station 在车站 at 表示处于……状态，译为 “从事于……”。如 at school 在上学 at work 在工作 I must find it. must modal v. （情态动词）必须 例： You must finish it today. 你一定要在今天完成它。 You must see the doctor. 你一定要看医生。 must+ 动词原形 1. 这是什么？ _______ this? 2. 你怎样拼写它？ _____ do ____ spell it? 3. 那只绿色的铅笔是你的吗？ ___ the green pencil _______? What’s How you Is yours I. 完成句子。 Exercises 4. 一部电脑游戏机在图书馆里。 A _________ ______ is ___ the school library. 5. 发电子邮件到我的邮箱 jack@sina.com 。 ______ me ___ jack@sina.com. 6. 我把我的书包丢了。 I ____ my __________. computer game in E- mail at lost schoolbag II. 任务 型阅读。 lost & found Found: Is this your schoolbag? Call Kelsey at 328-6798. Found: Dictionary. Is this your dictionary? Please call Alan. Phone # 465-3456. Lost: My ring. My name is Linda. Please call 675-1243. 根 据失物招领启事，完成下列句子。 1. _________ found a schoolbag. 2. Linda lost a __________. 3. Linda’s phone number is ____________. 4. Alan found a ____________. 5. Alan’s phone number is ___________. 6. Lin Yi lost her schoolbag, then she may call ____________ at ___________ to find it. Kelsey ring 675 - 1243 dictionary 465-3456 Kelsey 328-6798 Ⅲ. 完成寻物启事。 Name ： Tom Lost item ： a big blue bag Tel ： 258-5479 E-mail ： Tomg@163.com Lost I _____ Tom. I lost my school bag. It _____ a big blue one. There are three pencils and a notebook _____ it. I must find it. Please ______ me _____ 258-5479 or e-mail me _____ Tomg@163.com. am is in call at at Ladies and Gentlemen, welcome to Beijing! And if you need any help, please call me ______010-5558 6390. at B. on C. with D. by 中考链接 call sb. at 给 …… 打电话 1. What things did you lose before? 2.When you lose things, what can you do? Summary 1. Remember the words and expressions we learned. 2. If your friends lost his/her watch, help him/her write a notice. 3.Prepare for the next lesson. Homework Section B 3a-Self Check To learn to write the lost and found notices. To review what we have learnt in this unit. (1) new words about school things (2) ①—Is this your pencil? —Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. ②—What’s this in English? —It’s a pen. —How do you spell it? —P-E-N. Language Goals When you lose things, don't be worried. Learn to write notices and find your lost things. When you find things, try to help others. Emotional Goals Free talk Talk with your partner: What's this? How do you spell it? Is it yours? What are those? How do you spell? Are they yours? What are these? Can you spell? Are they yours? :A set of keys Are these ? Call Jenny at . Complete the notices with the words or phone number in the box. name yours found 284-5486 lost call :My notebook My is David. Please me at 679-8871. Lost name call yours 284-5486 Found 3a Write your own or found notice with your name and phone number. 如果你拾到别人的东西 , 你该怎样归还给失主呢 ? 3b Found: Some keys are in Classroom 7E. Are they yours? E-mail me at maryg2@gfimail. com. Found 失物招领 标题 拾到的东西 询问某物是不是失者的 联系人 联系方式 Found 失物招领 Found , 分 五部分 : 1. 标题 2. 拾到的东西 3. 询问某物是不是失者的 4. 联系人 5. 联系方式 根据所给提示完成下面的招领启事。 your notebook call Mary Found: _____________. Is this________________? Please___________. ______________________. Phone call: 425-6801 A notebook your notebook call Bob 【 运用 】 捡到一个笔记本，丢失者可拨打电话 425-6801 找 Bob 。 当你丢失东西的时候 , 你该怎么办？ Lost: I lost my school ID card. I must find it. Call me at 685-6034. Thanks. Tom 标题 丢失的东西 失者姓名 联系电话 Lost 寻物启事 Lost , 共 四部分 : 1. 标题 2. 丢失的东西 3. 失者的姓名 4. 联系电话 Lost 寻物启事 根据所给提示完成下面的寻物启事。 Lost: My _ _ ________. My__________ David. Please_____695-3059. schoolbag name is call 【 运用 】 今丢失双肩背包一个，有拾到者可打电话 695-3059 与 David 联系。 Write the school things you know. pen ruler pencil pencil box schoolbag notebook book dictionary eraser ID card Self Check 2. Complete the chart with pronouns. I me my mine you yours her hers he him you your she her his his 3. Look at the picture and write the conversations. 看 图写对话。 1 2 3 4 Is that your schoolbag? No, it isn’t. Is this your book? Yes, it is. Is that your key? Yes, it is. Is this your ball? No, it isn’t. Is this / Is that … ？ Yes, it is. / No , it isn’t. 根据汉语提示，完成句子。每空一词。 1. 劳驾，这是你的书包吗？      _______ ________, is this your schoolbag? 2. 琳达的夹克衫是红色的。你的怎么样？ Linda’s jacket is red. ________ ________ _______? 3. 杰克可以向格林女士 要 他的词典。 Jack can _______ Ms. Green _______ his dictionary. 【 运用 】 Excuse me What/How about yours ask for 4. — 那些是吉姆的橡皮吗？ —是的，它们是。 —_______ _______ _______ erasers? —Yes, ______ ______. Are these Jim’s they are a set of keys set 为名词，意为“套，组，副”。 短语 a set of 表示“ 一套，一列，一串 ”等。 例： a set of books 一套书 a set of stamps 一套邮票 Language points 【拓展】 在英语中表示物品的时候（尤其是不可数名词），常常 用 “ 数词或 a/an/this/that + 名词（表示容量、种类 …… ） + of + 名词” 来表示，意为“ …… 双（对 / 套 / 张 / 副 …… ）”。 a piece of meat 一片肉 that pair of shoes 那双鞋子 a glass of milk 一杯牛奶 John lost a set of 　　　 . A. dictionary 　　　 B. pen 　　 C. key 　　　　 D. rulers 【 运用 】 D I. 选择。 1.—Is that a watermelon on the table? — _______. It is a pumpkin. A. Yes, there is. B. Yes, it is. C. No, there is. D. No, it isn’t. D 2.— Cindy, is the baseball bat _____? — No, _______ is over there. It must be Mark’s. A. your; my B. your; mine C. yours; my D. yours; mine D Exercises 3. Look! A set 　　　　　 keys. Are these 　　 ? A. of; your 　　　　 B. of; yours C. is; your 　　　　 D. are; yours 4. Her watch 　　　 in her backpack. A. am 　 B. is 　 C. are 　 D. be B B II. 连线。 1.a pair of shoes 2.a cup of milk 3.a set of keys 4.some pieces of bread computer game it isn’t spell computer in English your computer game A: What’s this ____________? B: It’s a ___________________. A: How do you _______________? B: C-O-M-P-U-T-E-R. A: Is this _______________________? B: No, _________. computer game spell computer your computer game it isn’t III. 用方框里的单词或短语填空。 in English Ⅳ. 完 成公告栏启示。 Lost ____ Li Ming. I can't find my ________. It's red. Please _____ me ____ 658-4574. Found ____________ are on the desk. Are _____ yours? Please e-mail me _____ Johnt@163.com. I’m schoolbag call at A set of keys they at 1.Do you remember the following words? ring, pen, pencil, eraser, book, bag 2.What's in your schoolbag? 3.Your friend lost a book, please help him/her write a Lost notice. Summary Sally在学校图书馆拾到了一串钥匙，请你替她写一则招领启事。她的联系电话是13069954321; 电子邮件地址是Sally@tom.com。 要求：1．格式正确，语言通顺。2．可适当发挥。 Homework unit 4 人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件 Where’s my schoolbag? Section A 1a-2d To learn to use “on, in, under”. To talk about where things are A: Where is/are ...? B: It’s/ They’re under/ on/ in.... A: Is the bag under/ on/ in...? B: Yes, it is./ No, it isn’t. Language Goals When you want to know where something is, don't be worried. Learn to ask the place of it. Emotional Goal Do you know what’s in my house? Let’s go into the house. Warming-up s o f a t a ble /eɪ/ b oo kc a se /u/ /ei/ ch air ch air s b e d /e/ Match the words with the things in the picture. 1. table ____ 2. bed ____ 3. bookcase ___ 4. sofa ___ 5. chair ___ 6.schoolbag ___ 7. books ___ 8. keys ____ b e h g d a f c 1 a Spelling competition 1. Three rounds for three groups, one by one. (3大组轮流回答，共3轮 ) 2. Raise your hand. Only the fastest can answer. (举手最快者才有资格说出答案) 3. Spell it, read it, and say the Chinese meaning loudly in 10s. (10秒内拼单词，读单词，并说出中文意思) 4. One point for spelling and one point for Chinese. (拼写1分，中文1分) _ e _ Ready? GO! bed 床 10s t _ b _ _ Ready? GO! table 桌子 10s c h _ _ _ Ready? GO! chair 椅子 10s s _ _ a Ready? GO! sofa 沙发 10s c _ _ p _ t e _ Ready? GO! computer 电脑 10s sc _ _ _ l b _ _ Ready? GO! schoolbag 书包 10s b _ _ k c _ _ _ Ready? GO! bookcase 书橱 10s on the box under the box in the box A:Where’s my schoolbag? B:It’s / / the box. on under in Listen and number the things in the picture[1-4]. 1b Check the answer 2 4 3 Listen again and complete the conversation. Tom:______ are my books? Father:They're ______________.Tom:How about my __________? Mother:It's __________________. Tom:OK. And where's my _____________? Helen:Your _____________? It's _____________. Tom:Great. Now where are my _______? Father:Oh, they're ___________. Where on the sofa pencil box in your schoolbag computer game computer game under your bed keys on the table Practice the conversation in 1a with your partner. Then make your own conversations using the words in the box. on in under A: Where’s the schoolbag? B: It’s under the table. 1c Where is the book? It’s in the schoolbag. Role-play Make conversations about the place of things with your partner. Listen and number the things ［1-6］. 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 a Listen again. Find the things from 2a and number them in the picture［1-6］. 2b Check your answer. 2 3 4 5 6 Where is …? It’s … Where are …? They’re… Pair work Look at the pictures and make conversations. Ask and answer questions about the things in the picture in 2b. A: Are the keys on the sofa? B: No, they aren’t. They’re on the table. 2c Example Describe the place of things to your group members. Example The computer is on the table. Role-play the conversation. Mom: Come on, Jack! Jack: Oh, no! Where’s my bag? Mom: Hmm…is it on your desk? Jack: No. And it’s not under the chair. Mom: Oh! It’s on the sofa. Jack: Thank you, Mom. Err…where’s the map? Mom: I think it’s in your grandparents’ room. Jack: Yes, it’s on their bed! And my hat? Mom: It’s on your head! Jack: Oh, yeah! Haha! 2d A: Where’s/ where’re the…? B: It’s/ They’re in/on/under/ … Picture1 Picture2 In Picture 1 the key is … In Picture 2 the key is… 找不同 on 在 … … 上面 under 在 … … 下面 in 在 … … 里面 Language points in 意为“ 在 …… 里面 ”，常指 某人或某物在某 范围空间里 。 如：There ’ s a computer in my room . on 意为“ 在 …… 上面 ”， 指一个物体在另一个物体的上面，两个物体相互接触。 其反义词为 under “ 在 …… 下 ”。 如： my schoolbag is on the big chair. Where’s the pencil? It’s ____ the table. on 【 运用 】 Where’s the backpack? It’s_______ the table. under Where is the apple ? It ’ s the table. on Where is the ruler? It’s _____ the box. in Where ’ s the pen? It ’ s the chair. under 1. The keys are ______ the chair. (在下面) 2. My English book is ___ the sofa.(在上面) 3. —Where’s my baseball? —It’s______ the table. (在下面) 4. —Where’re your keys? —They’re____ the box. (在 里 面) 5. —Are the pencils____ the chair? (在上面) —No, they’re not. under on under in on 用适当的介词填空。 【 运用 】 Memory Challenge Where ’ s Jerry? Remember in 15s. 3 6 4 Where ’ s Jerry? It ’ s in/on/under the case. 1 2 5 3 6 4 1 2 5 Where are my books? 我的书在哪里？ (1)Where 引导的特殊疑问句，询问 “某人或某物在哪里” (2) 结构： where + be + 主语 ( 人或物 ) ( be 动词要与主语保持一致 ) (3) 答句：“主语 + be + 表示地点的介词短语” ( 其主语一般用人称代词代替，避免重复 ) — Where is my English book? — It’s on the desk. — 我的英语书在哪里？ — 它在桌子上。 1.— 　 　　　 is my pen? —It’s in the pencil box. A. What　　　B. How　　C. Who　　D. Where 2.—Where are my shoes? — . A. Yes, they are 　　　　 B. Yes, I don’t know C. They are under the sofa D. It’s on the table D C 【 运用 】 I. 翻译下列词组。 1. 在课桌下 ______________ 2. 在沙发上 ____________ 3. 在背包里 ______________ 4. 在椅子上 _______________ 5. 在床下 ______________ 6. 在图片里 (picture) _____________ under the desk on the sofa on the chair in the picture in the schoolbag under the bed Exercises . 单项 选择。 1. —Where is my book? —It’s under ____ table . A. the B. the my C. my D. / 2. Where ____ his keys? A. is B. are C. am D. be 3. —____ your bag ? —It’s on the bed. A. What’s B. What C. Where’s D. Where A B C II 棒球在哪里? 它在沙发上。 2 . 我的电子游戏机在哪里? 它在床底下。 3. 你的书在哪里? 它们在箱子里。 Where is the baseball? It’s on the sofa. Where is my computer game? It’s under the bed. Where are your books? They are in the box. III . 翻译句子。 1. What's in your room? 2. Do you remember these words? bed, sofa,chair, table,room. 3.How to ask and answer the place of things? Summary —Wendy, do you know the children over there? —Yes. _______ names are Annie and Anna. A. Her B. His C. Theirs D.Their 中考链接 D 她的 他们的（名词性物主代词） 他的 他们的（形容词性物主代词） 由“ names ”可知要使用形容词性物主代词。 1.Remember the words and conversations we learned today. 2.Describe your room and the place of things to your friends. Homework Section A Grammar Focus-3c To learn to use prepositions: on, in, under . To learn to use “where” questions to ask for the location of things . Language Goals Learn to tell others about the location of things. Emotional Goal Where’s the ball? It’s on the box. It’s under the box. It’s in the box. Warming-up A: Where ’ s the… ? B: It ’ s in/ on/ under/… A: Where are the… ? B: They’re in/ on/ under/… Pair work Where’s the map? It’s in your grandparents’ room. Where are my books? They’re on the sofa. Where’s his pencil box? It’s in his schoolbag. Where’s your ruler? It’s under the chair. Where are their keys? They’re on the table. Grammar Focus Grammar focus 1. _________ the map? It's on the wall. 地图在哪里？ 它在墙上。 2. _________ the rulers? _______________________. 尺子在哪里？ 它们在书包里。 3. _________ your book? It's ______________. 你的书在哪里？ 它在你的房间里。 4. _____________ school bag? It's ___________. 她的书包在哪里？ 它在沙发上。 Where's They're in the school bag Where're in your room Where's on the sofa Where's her Where _____ the keys? They’re ____ the _____. Where’s the ______? ____ it on your desk? No, it’s ______ the chair. Look at the pictures and complete the conversations . are on table book Is under 3 a Where ____ the pencils? I don’t know. ____ they in the _________? Yes, they are. are Are schoolbag Ask and answer questions about the things on the right. 3b A: Where are my pencils? B: I don’t know. Are they on the desk? A: No, they’re not. They're in the pencil box. Example: 2. A: Where’s the computer game? B: _____________________. 3. A: Where are the pencils? B: _______________________. 1. A: Where are the books? B: _____________________. They’re on the sofa It’s in the bookcase They’re in the pencil box Answer the questions. Student A ,look at the picture on Page 19. Student B, look at the picture on the right. Ask and answer questions to find the differences. A 3c B A: Where’s the schoolbag? Is it under the table? B: No, it isn’t. It’s on the table. Example: A VS B Competition( 比赛 ) Find the differences! There are five differences in the two pictures.Can you find them ? 找出图中五 处不 同。 A B In picture A, …is/are on/in/under … In picture B… 以 where 开头的特殊疑问句： 用来 询问人或物在什么 地方。 其 结构为： Where ＋ is / are ＋ 主语 ( 人或物 ) ？ 回答 时不能用 Yes 或 No ，而应根据实际情况回答出物 品 所在的位置。例如： —Where are your keys? 你 的钥匙在哪里？ —They’re in my room. 它们 在我的房间里 。 Language points “Where is ＋单数主语， Where are ＋复数主语”， 谓语动词用 is 还是 are 取决于主语的人称和数。如果主语是人，回答时用相应的人称代词主格作主语；如果主语是单数物品，回答时用 “ It’s + 表示地点的词” ；如果主语是复数物品，回答时用 “ They’re + 表示地点的词”。 例如： ⑴ — Where is your English teacher? 你的英语老师在哪里？ — She is in the classroom. 她 在教室里。 ⑵ —Where are the pencils? 铅笔在哪里？ —They are in the pencil box. 它们在铅笔盒里。 1. 尺子在哪里？ _______ the ruler? 2. 它在你父母的房间里。 It’s ___ your ________ room. 3. 我的钢笔在哪里？ ______ ____ my pens? 4. 它们在桌子上。 They’re __ the ____. 5. 她的书包在哪里？ _______ ___ schoolbag? Where’s Where are on table in parents’ Where’s her 一、根据提示，完成句子。 【 运用 】 6. 它在她的书包里。 It’s ___ her __________. 7. 你的笔记本在哪里？ _______ your ___________? 8. 它在沙发下面。 It’s _____ the ______. 9. 他们的钥匙在哪里？ ______ are ____ ____? 10. 它们在床上。 _______ on the _____. Where’s in under sofa Where their keys They’re bed schoolbag notebook I. 根据图画提示，写出单词。 1. -- Where are the books? -- They’re _____ the chair. 2. My book is on the _____. 3. Where is the cat? -- It’s on the ______. 4. I think my schoolbag is in my grandparents’ ______. 5. Look! The hat is on your ______. 6. The _________ is very nice. under table sofa room head bookcase Exercises II. 单项选择。 —__________ those CDs in the bookcase？ —Yes，__________． A．Are ； they are B．Is； it is C．Are； those are D．Is； that is 2 . —________ my baseball？ —It’s under the chair． A．Where B. Where’s C. What’s D. Where are A B 3 .— Is the book on the sofa? —________. A. Yes, I am  B. No, it is  C. Yes, it is 4. — ________ under the table? — No, they aren’t. A. Where are  B. What is  C. Are they C C 5. — Where are your brothers? — ________. A. He is in his room  B. Yes, they are C. I don’t know 6. — Where are your notebooks? — ___ are on the bed. A. It B. They C. We C B This is Mr. Wang’s room. His bed is ___ the floor. The bookcase is _____ __ the bed. The clock is ____the wall. Mr. Wang is ____ the chair, _____ ____the desk. A computer, a ruler, a notebook, a pen_____ a phone are ___ it. Look! A fish is ___ the drawer. What’s ______ the chair? It’s his football. Where ___ his TV?I don’t______. on next to on on next and on in under is know to III. 用合适的词填空。 1. notebook, on, her, is, bed, the _________________________. 2. are, under, bookcase, they, the _________________________. 3. in, a, keys, of, is, the, set, drawer _________________________. 4. her, photo, family, is, on, dresser, the _____________________________? 5. his, game, computer, is, where __________________________? Ⅳ. 连词成句，并翻译成汉语。 Her notebook is on the bed They are under the bookcase A set of keys is in the drawer Is her family photo on the dresser Where is his computer game 英汉互译。 1. 她的床在哪里？ 它在她的房间里。 2.The books are in the bookcase. 3 . 我的橡皮在文具盒里吗？ 不，它们在桌子上。 Summary Where is her bed? It's in her room. 书在书柜里。 Are my erasers in the pencil box? No, they aren't. They're on the table. Frank held his breath _____ the water to search for his ring in the swimming pool. at B. by C. over D. under 中考链接 D 在水下 under th water 1. Remember the words and phrases. 2. Practice the conversations we learned today with your friends. 3. Preview for the next lesson. Homework Section B 1a-1e To learn the things around the house. To learn to ask and answer the location of things in Tom’s room. Language Goals Be able to tell others where the things are. Emotional Goal Find out the differences. Warming-up X X X X X X X X Picture 1 Picture 2 x Picture 1 Picture 2 The clock The phone The keys The math book The baseball on the wall I don’t know on the floor on the desk on the desk on the table on the floor I don’t know under the desk I don’t know Is the … ? Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. Are the …? Yes, they are. / No , they aren’t . A: Where’s the… ? B: It’s in/on/under/ … A: Where are the… ? B:They're in/on/under … Pair work tape player tape player — What’s this in English? — It’s a… clock plane radio/radios model plane tape player tape player clock plane radio model plane 0.03 秒的挑战 说出单词 Memory game Match the words with the things in the picture. radio 2. clock ______ tape player _____ 4. model plane _____ 5. tape _______ 6. hat ______ a f d e b c 1a Make sentences on in under The backpacks are on the desk. The CD is in the computer. The clock is under the table. Look at the picture in 1a for three minutes. Then close your books and write down all the things you remember. ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ radio tape tape player clock model plane hat books table pen eraser ruler pictures bed dresser ID card bookcase chair pencil watch notebook baseball quilt pencil box CD 1b Listen and circle the things Tom wants from his room. English books tape player clock ruler notebook tape model plane radio 1c Listen and number the things you hear. 2 1 6 3 5 4 Listen again. Where are Tom’s things? Write them down. _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ The English books are under the radio. The ruler is on the bed. The notebook is under the model plane. The tape is in the tape player. 1d Ask and answer questions about the things in Tom’s room. 1e A: Where is the …? B: It’s … A: Where are the …? B: They are … A: Is the …? B: Yes, it is. / No it isn’t. It is … A: Are the …? B: Yes, they are. / No, they aren’t. They are … Pair work Exercises I. 根据句意及图片提示完成下列句子。 1．The _____is not mine. It's my brother's. 2．Look！My model ________is in the photo. 3．Are those ________yours，Lily? clock plan e tapes 4．That CD _______is Mary's. 5．Is that your grandfather's________? player radio II. 用所给词的适当形式填空。 1. This is________ (they) classroom . 2. Where _____(be) your parents? 3. These are my __________(eraser) . 4. The computer is not ______(my) . 5. Excuse _____(I) , can you spell this word , please ? their are erasers mine me Ⅲ. 根据图片提示，用合适的介词完成句子。 1. The pencil box is ____the table. 2. The ruler is ____the schoolbag. 3. The baseball is _______the table. 4. The flower (花) is ____the table. 5. The dog is ____the box and the box is _______the table. on in under on in under Ⅳ. 根据答语及图片写出问句。 1.It's on the table. 2.No, they aren't. They're in the bookcase. 3.It's a model plane. 4.No, it isn't. It's Li Ming's. × Lily Where is the clock? Are the books on the table? What's this in English? Is this Lily's radio? Summary 1.What's this? 2.Sentence patterns: Where is/are...? It's/They're in/on/under... Is/Are the...in/on/at...? Yes, it is/they are. No, it isn't/they aren't. 1.Remember the words and sentences. 2.Draw a picture of your room, and then describe it to your partners. 画一画你的房间，并向你的同学描述它。 Homework Section B 2a-2c To learn the usage of “and”. To write about things in a room with in, on and under. To understand the passage about the sister’s room. Language Goals Learn to describe your room to your friends, and learn to decorate your room. Emotional Goal Talk about the rooms in your group. Free talk Write the words you know for the things in the picture. ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ _____ notebook pen CD key bookcase book quilt bed radio tape table chair schoolbag clock picture sofa … 2 a Group work Draw the following things in your group. quilt bed clock radio bookcase Read the passage and answer the questions: Is Kate tidy? Is Gina tidy? 2b What’s the topic sentence in this passage? I’m tidy, but Gina is not. Read the passage again and tell true(T)or false(F). If false, please correct it. 1.Kate is tidy. 2.Gina's books are in the bookcase. 3.Kate has a white model plane. 4.Gina always can't find her things. T F Gina's books are everywhere. Gina has a white model plane. F T Complete the chart about the things Kate and Gina have and where they are. Kate Gina Things Where Things Where books and tapes in the bookcase keys in the schoolbag clock on the desk books everywhere white model plane under the desk keys, ruler don’t know 2c Talk in your group, and draw Kate's and Gina's tings. Gina's room is not tidy. Today, she wants to clean her room. How will you help her? Group work Chen Yang wants some things now, but he is not at home. So he decides to give a massage to Chen Guang to help him. Now, Let’s see his room and complete the massage. 【 运用 】 Look at the picture and fill in the blanks. Dear Chen Guang, Can you bring some things to school? I need my hat, my notebook and a pen. My _____ is ____________. The _________ is on the floor, and my ________ is _____________. Thanks, Chen Yang hat on the chair notebook pen on the table everywhere adv. 处处；到处；各个地方 ； 例： I’ ve looked everywhere. 我各处都看过了。 He follows me everywhere. 我无论去哪儿他都跟着我。 We ’ ll have to eat here─ everywhere else is full. 我们只好在这儿吃饭了——其他地方都客满。 Language points 【 结论 】 everywhere 的用法 everywhere 为副词， 意为“ 处处； 到处； 各个地方 ” , 相当于 here and there 。 【 拓展 】 　　　 常见的地点副词 somewhere 某地 ( 多用于 肯定句 中 ) anywhere 什么地方；任何地方 ( 一般用于 否定句 和 疑问句 中 ) nowhere 没有地方 ( 用于 否定句 中 ) here 这里 there 那里 【 运用 】 1. 下课后，学生到处都是。 The students are 　　　　　 after class. 2. 我到处都找不到我的钢笔。 I can’t find my pen 　　　　　 . 3.I saw her picture 　　　　　 . 我到处都可以看见她的照片 。 everywhere 　 anywhere everywhere 　 tidy adj . 整洁的；整齐的；井然有序的；井井有条的 例：She keeps her flat very tidy . 她把她的单元房间保持得很整洁。 I like everything to be neat and tidy . 我喜欢一切都井井有条。 【 结论 】 tidy 的用法 tidy 形容词，意为“ 整洁的 , 整齐的 ; 有条不紊的 ”， 常见用法 : be tidy 整洁的； keep tidy 保持整洁； a tidy+ n . 一个整洁的 …… 【 运用 】 今天下午亮亮想整理一下房间。 Liang Liang wants to 　　　 　　　 his room this afternoon. tidy up I. 根据汉语提示填写合适的单词。 1. Sonia ’ s _____ (收音机) is on the table. 2. Where is Linda ’ s white _____ _____ (飞机模型)? 3. I have a _____ (闹钟). It ’ s on my desk. 4. Gina ’ s pens and pencils are __________ (到处). 5. I think Kate ’ s room is _____ (井井有条的). radio model plane clock everywhere tidy Exercises II. 单项选择。 1. —_____ your model plane? — It’s in the room. A. Who’s B. Where’s C. Where’re 2. — Is the baseball on the sofa? — No, it’s ______ the sofa. A. on B. in C. under B C 3. — Are the English books under the radio? —________. A. No, it isn’t B. Yes, they are C. No, they are B Ⅲ. 完成句子。 1. 我爱整洁，但吉娜却不。 I ______ ______, ______ Gina is not. 2. 我的书和磁带在书柜里。 My books and tapes ______ on the bookcase. 3. 吉娜的书到处都是。 ______ books are . 4. 那个白色的飞机模型是她的。 The white model plane ______ ______ . 5. 吉娜总是问“我的钥匙在哪里？”。 “ Where are my keys? ” Gina ______ ______. am tidy but are Gina’s everywhere is hers always asks Ⅳ. 根据汉语意思完成下列句子，每空一词。 1. 英语书在收音机的下面。 The English books are ______ ___ ______. 2. 凯特的书在书橱里。 Kate’s books are ___ ___ _________. 3. 我有一台录音机。它在桌子上。 I ____ a tape player. It’s __ ___ _____. under the radio in the bookcase have on the table Ⅴ. 根据句意，选择方框中的单词并用其适当形式填空。(每词限用一次) 1．Spring (春天) is coming. The flowers and grass are ___________. 2．Alice is a _____girl. 3．My pen is red, _____ hers isn't. 4．Linda is _____English teacher. 5．Dale __________helps his friends at school. everywhere our always tidy but everywhere tidy but our always She was tired._____ she continued her work. so B. until C. but D. that 直到 …… 但是 因此 句意“她很累，但是她继续她的工作。”。 那个 Summary Describe your own room. This is my room. Look, my books are _______, and my clothes are ________. Where is my clock? Oh, it is_______. The ______ is not mine, it is ______. I also have some _______. They are _______. What's your room like? Can you tell me? Write a note to a friend asking for four things from your room. Say where they are. 2.Preview the new words and expressions in Unit 5. Homework Section B 3a-Self Check To talk about where things are. To learn to use “and”. Make students learn to put their things in turns and be a tidy student. Language Goals Learn to clean up your own room, so that you can keep it tidy. Emotional Goal What's this? Do you have it? Warming-up What's this? Do you have it? What are they? Do you have them? What Yes/No Where a dictionary yes on my desk a schoolbag a pencil box a radio books pens tapes CDs Do you have these things? Where are they? in the … under the … on the … next to the … behind the … between … 3a Small talk Talk about your school things in your group, and tell your classmates where they are. Write about where the things are in your room. Use the word and if you can. My dictionary and my radio are on the desk. 2. My pencil box is in my schoolbag and my schoolbag is under the desk. and: 连词，意为“和，又，而且”，可以连接语法作用相同的词、短语或句子，表示并列或对称的关系 . 3b 请看下面的句子： My eraser is in my schoolbag. My schoolbag is under the desk. My eraser is in my schoolbag and my schoolbag is under my desk. My eraser and my schoolbag are under my desk. 注意：当我们谈论一件物品时谓语动词用 is ，而讨论两个及以上物品时要用 are 。 Sample sentences My ID card and my green pencil box are in my schoolbag. My tape player and my radio are on the table. My tape s are on the bookcase and my baseball is under my bed. Draw pictures accoding to the sentences above. Introduce the room. Here is my room. My computer is on the desk. My … 1. Write the things in your room. Furniture( 家具 ): __________________________ Stationery( 文具 ):_________________________ Other( 其他 ):_____________________________ desk, chair, bed , sofa … pencil, pencil box, ruler… tape computer, plants ... Self Check 2. Write about the things in your classroom with in, on , under, next to, and behind. The tape player is on the teacher’s desk. The books are in the students’ desk. The basketball is under the desk. The pen is next to the books. The blackboard is behind the door. I. 单项选择。 1. —________ is the dog, Jack? —I think it's under the table. A. What　　 B. How　　 C. Where　　 D. Who 2. I have a radio, ________ he has one too. A. and B. but C. or (或者) D. so (因此) C A Exercises 3. —Where are your CDs? —________. A. It ’ s on the desk B. Thanks for your help C. They ’ re keys D. Sorry, I don ’ t know 4. Where are ________ pencils? Are ________ in the box? A. our; their B. our; they C. you; theirs D. your; you D B 5. —Where is my English book? —Oh, it ’ s ________ the floor (地板). A. on B. in C. under D. at A II. 按要求完成下列句子。 1 . Where are her pencils? ( 变为单数句 ) _________________________ 2 . Is it your book? ( 变为复数句 )   _________________________ 3 . Are his baseballs under the sofa? ( 作肯定回答 ) _________________________ Where is her pencil? Are they your books? Yes, they are. 4. Is the watch on the table? ( 作否定回答 ) _________________________ 5. The keys are in the drawer . ( 对画线部分提问 ) _________________________ No, it isn’t Where are the keys? Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子。 1 . ——我的棒球在哪儿？ ——它在你的床底下。 —________ ____ my baseball? —_____ ______ your bed. 2 . 她的收音机和电脑在桌子上。 Her ______ ____ ________ are ____ the table. Where is It's under radio and computer on 3. 他的钢笔在铅笔盒里, 并且铅笔盒在椅子底下。 _____ _____ are ______ the pencil box and the pencil box is ________ the chair. 4. Tom的房间不整洁, 东西到处都是。 Tom’s ______ _____ _____. Things are __________. His pens in under room isn’t tidy everywhere Ⅳ. 看图完成短文。 Hello, I _____ Mary. This is my room. My bed is________ the wall. And the ______ is next to the bed. Under the table is my ______. My ______ and toys _____ on the bed. I have a computer, it's ____________. Where're my ________? They're on the wall. My room is _______. Do you like it? am next to table chair quilt are on the table pictures tidy 1.What's in your room? Summary 2.If you want to know where your books are, how to ask its location ？ 3.Use in/on/under/next to/behind to introduce things' location. 假设你是Jim， 请根据图片提示 简单介绍一下你的房间 ． 提示词： tidy 整洁的； soccer ball 足球 ； plant 植物 要求：语句通顺，内容完整，50词左右． Homework unit 5 人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件 Do you have a soccer ball? Section A 1a-1c To learn to talk about ownership. To learn new words: do, have, tennis, ball, soccer, volleyball, basketball, let, us, go, we, late, has, get… Language Goals Learn to ask the ownership of things. Emotional Goal Do you have a ...? Yes, I do. No, I don’t. Warming-up A: Do you have a ruler ? B: Yes, I do. I have a ruler. A: Do you have an eraser ? B: Yes, I do. I have an eraser. A: Do you have a pencil ? B: Yes, I do. I have a pencil. A: Do you have a pen ? B: Yes, I do. I have a pen. A: Do you have a notebook ? B: Yes, I do. I have a notebook. a basketball What’s this ? How do you spell it? football a soccer ball a volleyball a baseball a b a seball b a t a tennis ball a tennis r a ck e t a ping-pong ball a ping-pong b a t a badminton a badminton r a ck e t tennis racket tennis ball ping-pong ball volleyball baseball A B C D E F G H soccerball ping-pong bat basketball bat VS racket baseball bat ping-pong bat tennis racket badminton racket Match the words with the things in the picture. tennis ball _____ ping-pong bat _____ soccer ball _____ volleyball _____ basketball _____ baseball bat _____ a f c e d b 1 a d a c b e f play a game Say what you see. ping-pong bat soccer ball volleyball ping-pong ball Listen and circle the words you hear. 1b A: ____you _____a______________? B: ___________. A: Do you have_______________? B: ___________. Listen again and fill in the blanks. Do have ping-pong bat No, I don’t a ping-pong ball Yes, I do Draw the following things in your group. football basketball volleyball badminton baseball bat Practice the conversation with your partner. Then ask and answer questions about the things in the picture above. A: Do you have a ping-pong bat? B: Yes, I do. A: Do you have a ping-pong ball? A: No, I don’t. 1c Do you have a … ? Yes, I do. I have a… Do you have a … No, I don’t. I don’t have a… don’t=do not Does she have a … ? Yes, she does. No, she doesn’t. doesn’t=does not Make conversations with your partner. Does he have a … ? Yes, he does . No, he doesn’t . Does it have a … ? Yes, it does . No, it doesn’t . 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 单数 复数 单数 单数 复数 复数 I we you you they, boys … he, she, it … do does I. 写一写图中你看到的物品名称。 Exercises II . 根据句意及图片提示，写出合适的单词。 1. — Is this your _________? — Yes, it is. 2. The ________ isn’t Peter’s. It’s mine. 3. At home, I have three ping-pong ______. 4. Let’s play ______ this afternoon. 5. Do you have a ______ ball? basketball volleyball bats tennis soccer . 翻译句子。 1. - 你有网球吗？ - 是的，我有。 2. - 他有乒乓球拍吗？ - 不，他没有。 Do you have a tennis ball? Yes, I do. Does he have a ping-pong bat? No, he doesn’t. Ⅲ 1. What sports things do you have? 2. Complete the conversation. ___ you have a baseball? Yes, I ____. _____ she have a ________ （排球）？ No, she ______. Summary Do do Does volleyball doesn't Write down all the sports things you have. 2. Recite the conversations in this class. Homework Section A 2a-2d 1.Learn some sports things ： basketball,volleyball,baseball,baseball bat,ping-pong ball... 2.Learn the sentence pattens: Do/Does sb. have...? Yes,sb. do/does. No,sb. don't/doesn't. Language Goals Learn to ask your friends if they have something. Emotional Goal basketball soccer ball volleyball tennis ball ping-pong ball baseball Can you guess? badminton racket ping-pong bat baseball bat tennis racket What are they? Listen to the conversations and number the pictures[1-4]. 2 3 4 2 a 1 Listen again and match the pictures in 2a with the balls. 3 2 4 2 b 1 Listen and complete the conversation. 2 John:Hi, Mike. Mike:Hi, John. John:I want to play_________.Do you have a ___________? Mike:_____, I ____. John:Great! 4 Frank:Do you have a __________, Dale? Dale:____, I _____. But my _______ does. Let's go and _____ him. basketball basketball Yes do volleyball No don't brother find Ask and answer questions about the people in 2a. No, she doesn’t. Does Jane have a tennis ball? 2c Does Dale have a volleyball? No, he Doesn’t. Does Paul have a soccer ball? No, he Doesn’t. Role-play the conversation. Cindy: Hey, Helen, let’s go! We’re late! Helen: OK. Cindy: Do you have the baseball? Helen: Yes, I do. It’s in my bag. Cindy: And where’s our baseball bat? Helen: Bill has it. Cindy: Oh, yeah. And do you have your jacket? 2d Helen: Oh, no, I don’t. It’s on the chair. Let me get it. Cindy: And your hat, too! Helen: OK, I have my jacket and hat. Let’s go! Role-play Practice the conversation with your partners and then perform it for your classmates. ... ... ... Pair work Hey, Let’s go. We’re late! OK. Do you have...? Yes, I do. Role-play 1.Hey, Helen, let’s go! 嗨，海伦， ( 让 ) 我们走吧！ let’s 是 let us 的缩写， let 表示 “让 ……” 在 其后加上“人”及“所做的事”，表示“让某人做某事”。英语口语中以 Let’s… 开头的句子很常见，本单元中还有 Let’s play./ Let’s ask./ Let’s play computer games. 等句子。 另外， let 后面的 us 还可以换用其他人称，如 : Let me get it. 让我（去）拿（它）。（我去拿。） Please let your little brother play. 让你的小弟弟玩玩。 Language points 2. We are late! 我们迟到了。 be late 译为“迟到” , 一般其后跟介词“ for” 表示“做某事迟到”。   be late for = come late to  迟到  比如：   be late for class  上课迟到    be late for meeting 开会迟到 3. Do you have the baseball? 这是一个由助动词“ do” 引导的一般疑问句。回答用“ Yes, I do/ No, I don’t. 其中“ have” 为实义动词，译为“有”。 比如：你有棒球吗？ 是的，我有。 —Do you have a baseball? —Yes, I do. I. 单项选择。 1 —Does Jane have a ball? —Yes, ____________ A .I am B. it is C. you do D. she does D Exercises 2. —______ your son have a key? — No, he ________. A. Do don’t B. Does doesn’t C. Do doesn’t D. Does don’t B 1. 你有足球吗 ? _____you _____ a soccer ball? 2. 我的朋友 迟到了。 My friend _______ _______. 3. 我们的棒球拍在哪里？ ______ ____ our baseball bat? 4. 让我去拿它吧 。 Let me ______ ________ . II. 根据对话，完成下列句子。 Do have is late Where is get it Ⅲ. 改错。 1. Do she have a volleyball? 2. Do you have a baseball racket? 3. He have a bookcase. 4. Do you have a basketball? Yes, you have. __ Does _____ bat ___ has ___ I Summary Make conversations according to the pictures. Tom No Yes Jane Yes Yes Jane: Tom, do you have a football? Tom: No, I don't. Jane: Do you have a volley ball? Tom: Yes, I do. I have a volley ball. Jane, do you have a ping-pong ball? Jane: Yes, I do. I have a ping-pong ball. Tom: Do you have a pair of ping-pong bats? Jane: Yes, I do. Tom: Let's play ping-pong ball. Jane: Great! Sample 1. Practice 2d with your partner. 2. Review what you learned in this lesson. Homework Section A Grammar Focus-3c To learn to use “have” to talk about ownership. To learn to use Yes/No to answer questions. Language Goals Learn to invite your friends to play together. Emotional Goal Do you have a/an …? Yes, I do. /No, I don’t. Where is it? It is… Free talk A: Do you have a volleyball? B: Yes, I do. A: Let’s play volleyball . B: Great! Talk with your partners according to the picture. Do you have a baseball? Yes, I do. / No, I don’t. I have a volleyball. Do you have a ping-pong bat? Yes, I do. / No, I don’t. I have a ping-pong ball. Does she have a tennis ball? Yes, she does. / No, she doesn’t. She has a baseball. Does he have a soccer ball? Yes, he does. / No, he doesn’t. He has two ping-pong bats. Do they have a basketball? Yes, they do. / No, they don’t. They have a volleyball. Grammar Focus Grammar focus 1. _________ have a basketball? ___________. I have a ping-pong ball. 你有一个篮球吗？ 不，我没有。我有一个乒乓球。 2. _________ have a football? ____________. 他有一个足球吗？ 是的，他有。 3. _________ have a volleyball? ______________. 她有一个排球吗？ 是的，她有。 4. _________ have two baseballs? ______________. 他们 / 她们有两个棒球吗？ 不，他们 / 她们没有。 Do you No, I don't Yes, he does Does he Yes, she does Does she No, they don't Do they ◆ 意义 一般 现在时用来表示经常性或习惯性 的动作 或现在的状态。 ◆ 谓语动词 1. 主语是第一、第二人称、第三人称复数 或复数名词时，行为动词以原形出现。 2. 主语是第三人称单数或单数名词时，行为动词要相应地使用其第三人称单数形式。 行为动词的一般现在时 ◆ 句式 1. 变否定句时，当主语是第一、第二人称、第三人称复数或复数名词时，在行为动词前加 don’t ；当主语是第三人称单数或单数名词时，在行为动词前加 doesn’t 。 2. 变一般疑问句时，当主语是第一、第二人称、第三人称复数或复数名词时，在句首加助动词 do ；当主语是第三人称单数或单数名词时，在句首加助动词 does 。 其肯定回答为“ Yes, 主语 +do/does.” ，否定回答为“ No, 主语 +don’t/doesn’t.” 谓语动词 have 在句中有两种形式，即 have 和 has 。 have 用于第一人称 (I, we), 第二人称 (you), 以及第三人称复数 (they) 或其他复数名词等后 ; has 用于第三人称单数 (he ， she ， it 或单数名词 ) 后。 have / has 的用法 肯定句 如： I have a baseball. 我 有一个棒球 。 They have some good friends. 他们 有一些好朋友。 Tom has a Chinese friend. 汤 姆有一位中国朋友。 The school has three grades. 这 所学校有三个年级。 否定句 变否定句时，需要借助助动词 do 或 does 的否定形式。 主语为 非第三人称单数 时 , 句型为 : 主语 +don’t have... 如： I don’t have a baseball. 我没有棒球。 主语为 第三人称单数 时 , 句型为 : 主语 +doesn’t have... 如： My sister doesn’t have a watch. 我的妹妹没有手表。 变一般疑问句时，也需要借助助动词 do 及其 第三人称单数形式 does 。 主语为 非第三人称单数 时，句型为 : Do + 主语 +have...? 主语为 第三人称单数 时，句型为 : Does + 主语 +have...? 肯定回答 : Yes, 主语 +do / does. 否定回答 : No, 主语 +don’t / doesn’t. 一般疑问句 如： —Do you have a basketball? 你有篮球吗？ — Yes , I do . / No, I don’t . 是 的，有。 / 不，没有。 — Does he have a tennis racket? 他有一个网球拍吗？ — Yes , he does . / No, he doesn’t . 是 的，他有。 / 不，他没有。 I they he she it Eric you we I he they you we she it Eric Write each word in the correct place in the chart. do does 3 a Fill in the blanks with do or does . Then practice the conversations with your partner. A: you have a baseball? B: Yes, I . A: Great! I have a bat. Let’s play! Conversation 1 Do do 3 b A: _______ John have a soccer ball? B: No, he _______. A: _______ he have a ping-pong bat? B: Yes, he _______. I think he has a ping-pong ball, too. A: Hmm…let’s ask. Conversation 2 Does doesn’t Does does A: _____ your friends have a basketball? B: Yes, they ______ . They have two basketballs. A: Well, let’s play basketball. B: That sounds good. Conversation 3 Do do Remember the things in Bob’s room. Close your books. Then ask and answer questions with a partner. A: Does he have a soccer ball? B: Yes, he does. A: Does he have a ping-pong bat? B: No, he doesn’t. 3c Make conversations with your partner. Talk about the pictures below. A: Let’s play soccer. B: I don’t have a soccer ball. A: Well, let’s play volleyball. B: That sounds good. Pair work You want to join one of your school sports club. Complete the form and introduce yourself to the coach. 1. Do you have a ping-pong ball? 这是一个一般现在时行为动词 (do) 的一般疑问句 , 其中 have 是实义动词 , 表示“某人拥有”。句中 do 为助动词 , 没有实际意义 , 只是帮助构成句式。如： Do you have a watch? 你有手表吗？ Language points 2. Yes, I do. 这是个肯定的简略回答形式。其中 do 为动词 , 用来避免动词的重复。 3. No. I don’t. 这是个否定的简略回答形式 , 其中 don’t 是 do 和 not 的缩写形式。 3. Let’s play soccer. 咱们踢球吧。 本句是以 let 开头的祈使句 , 结构为“ Let’s do sth.”, 意为 “咱们 …… 吧”，常用于提出建议。句中的动 词用原形。 如： Let’s play basketball. 咱们打篮球吧。 4. That sounds good. 1) 句中的 sound 为系动词 , 其后接形容词 good 作表语。 2) 当主语是第三人称单数时 , 在一般现 在时的肯定 句中 , 动词后要加 s, 构成动词的第三人称单数形式。 如： He plays basketball every day. I. 用所给动词的适当形式填空。 1. Lily _____ (have) three baseballs. 2. Mr Wang _____________ (not ) TV in the evenin 3. My classmates ________ (have) sports every day. 4. — ______ Lily ______ (know) his family? — Yes, _______ _______. has have doesn’t watch she does Does know Exercises II. 按要求完成下列各题。 1. I have two ping-pong bats. ( 改为一般疑问句 ) ____ ____ ____ two ping-pong bats? 2. His brother has a soccer ball. ( 改为否定句 ) His brother ________ ______ a soccer ball. 3. Do they like basketball? ( 作否定回答 ) _____, they ________. 4. I have a computer. ( 改为否定句 ) I _____ ______ a computer . Do you have doesn’t have No don’t don’t have 5. She has a ping-pong ball. ( 改为一般疑问句 ) _____ she ______ a ping-pong ball ? 6 . Her schoolbag is under the table . ( 对划线部分提问 ) ______ ____ her schoolbag? 7. Does Helen have a dictionary? ( 作肯定回答 ) Yes, _____ _____. 8. Do you have a soccer ball? ( 作否定回答 ) No, ____ _______. Where is I don’t she does Does have III. 用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。 1. I have three baseball ________ (bat). 2. She_____ (have) a computer game. It’s on her bed. 3. Let _______ (I) get your English book. 4. That _________ interesting. me has bats sounds Ⅳ . 根据汉语提示完成句子，每空一词。 1. 咱们去打排球吧。 _____ _____ volleyball. 2. 迈克 上学迟到了。 Mike ____ _____ for school. 3. 那听起来 无聊 。 ______ ________ boring . 4. 迈克有七个乒乓球拍。 Nancy _____ seven _______ _ _ ____. 5. 约翰有哥哥吗？ _____ John _____ a brother? Let’s play That sounds is late Does have ping-pong bats has I . 写出下列动词的第三人称单数形式： have, do II . 按要求完成句子。 1.Does she have a volleyball?( 作否定回答 ) 2.I have a basketball. （把主语变成 he ） 3._______ play football. That _______ good. 4.Let ___ (I) help you. Thank you. Summary has does No, she doesn't. He has a basketball. Let's sounds me 1. Review the grammar and remember the language points. 2. Do some exercise and write the sports things you have. Homework Section B 1a-1d To learn to make suggestions. To learn to use “Let’s…” Language Goals Learn to express your idea about your friends' invitation. Emotional Goal Let’s play soccer, soccer, soccer, soccer. Well, sorry, I don’t have a soccer ball. Let’s play volleyball, volleyball, volleyball, volleyball. Well, sorry, I don’t have a volleyball. Let’s play tennis, tennis, tennis, tennis. OK, OK, that sounds good. A Chant Haha, it’s fun. . fun 有趣的 , 令人愉快的 UNIT 5 SECTION B Warming-up Wow, it’s Interesting! interesting 有趣的 , 令 人感兴趣的 UNIT 5 SECTION B Ah, it’s relaxing. relaxing 轻松的 UNIT 5 SECTION B Haha! It’s difficult. difficult 困难的 UNIT 5 SECTION B Hmm. It’s boring. boring 无聊的 , 令人生厌的 UNIT 5 SECTION B Learn the description words fun difficult interesting relaxing boring Match the words with the pictures. 1. interesting ____ 3. fun _____ 5. relaxing ____ 2. boring ____ 4. difficult ____ c d e b a 1a A: Do you have a computer? B: Yes, I do. / No, I don’t. A: Well, let’s play computer games. B: That sounds fun/interesting/ boring/relaxing/difficult/good... Pair work A: Let’s … B: That sounds play tennis play volleyball play soccer play basketball play baseball Do you have ...? Yes, I do. Let's play Let’s play... That sounds... good / interesting / difficult / boring / fun / relaxing / .... Listen and check (√) the description words you hear in 1a. 1. interesting ( ) 2. boring ( ) 3. fun ( ) 4. difficult ( ) 5. relaxing ( ) √ √ √ √ 1b Listen again. What does Paul say about these actives? Choose a word from 1a to fill in each blank. play computer games ____________ play volleyball ____________ watch TV ____________ play basketball ____________ 1c interesting difficult boring fun Listen again and fill in blanks. Jenny: Let’s play computer games. Paul: That sounds __________ . But I don’t have computer. Jenny: Well. Do you have volleyball? Paul: Yes. Jenny: Then let’s _______________. Paul: Oh, volleyball is so __________. Jenny: OK, let’s watch TV. interesting play volleyball difficult Paul: That sounds ________. Hmm… let’s play soccer. Do you have a soccer ball? Jenny: No, I don’t. Paul: Oh. Well…do you have a basketball? Jenny: Yes, I do. Let’s ______________. Paul: That sounds ________. boring play basketball fun 1d You are Paul. Your partner is Paul’s friend Jenny. Talk about the activities in 1c. Activities Description play computer games play volleyball watch TV play soccerball play basketball Hi, I’m Frank. I like sports very much. I like to play baseball. I think it is very interesting. But I don’t like to play ping-pong because it’s so difficult. His/Her name is ..., he/she likes… Group work 1 ． —Do you have a soccer ball? —_________. A. Yes, I don’t B. No, I do C. No, I doesn’t D. No, I don’t 2. ____ Jim ____ his homework every evening? A. Do, does B. Do, do C. Does, do D. Is do 3. Let’s ______ shopping together! A. do B. does C. to go D. going D C A Exercises I. 填空。 II . 用所给词的正确形式 填空。 1. That ________ ( sound ) relax ing. 2. ____ you ______ ( have ) a baseball bat? 3. My brother ______ ( have ) a baseball bat. 4. She ________(play) sports every day. 5. ________ your friend _______(like) sports? 6. Let ______(we) play tennis. 7.That’s an ___________ ( interest ) computer game. 　　 sounds Do have has Does like plays us interesting 1. He does housework at home. ( 变否定句 ) He________ ______ housework at home. 2. He goes to play football in the park on Sundays. ( 就划线部分提问 ) What _______ he _____in the park on Sundays? doesn’t do does do Ⅲ. 根据提示完成句子。 Let’s play computer games. play volleyball. watch TV. play basketball. sing .... That sounds interesting. difficult. boring. fun. relaxing. .... Summary How to invite your friends to play together? How to answer other's invitation? 1. Invite your parents to the park in English, tell them what you will do and why. 2. To preview the magazine article in 2b. Homework Section B 2a-2c To learn the words about sports. To learn to use “but”. To learn to use descriptive words. Language Goals Give your opinions about different activities. Emotional Goal Small talk: What are the sports activities? Find the sports words in the unit. Write them in the correct column. Things I have Things I don’t have baseball bat tennis racket ping-pong ball badminton racket… basketball soccer ball volleyball tennis ball baseball ping-pong bat… 2 a Read the survey results in school magazine and answer the question: Who has a soccer ball? 2b Frank Brown Gina Smith Wang Wei √ Frank Brown: I don't have a soccer ball, but my brother Alan does. We go to the same school and we love soccer. We play it at school with our friends. It's relaxing. Do You Have a Soccer Ball? Gina Smith: Yes, I do. I have two soccer balls, three volleyballs, four basketballs and five baseballs and bats. I love sports, but I don't play them—I only watch them on TV! Wang Wei: No, I don't. Soccer is difficult. I like ping-pong. It's easy for me. I have three ping-pong balls and two ping-pong bats. After class, I play ping-pong with my classmates. Match the balls with the students. Who do you think says these sentences? Check (√)F for Frank, G for Gina or W forWang Wei. 1. I play ping-pong with my classmates after class. 2. I have soccer balls, basketballs, volleyballs and baseballs. 3. My brother has a soccer ball but I don’t. 4. I only watch sports on TV. 5. Soccer is not easy for me. 6. My brother and I are in the same school. F G W √ √ √ √ √ √ 2c Fill in the blanks after reading the the survey. name balls opinion Frank Brown and his brother Gina Smith soccer balls,basketballs, volleyballs and baseballs. Wang Wei. easy soccer relaxing ping-pong ball and ping-pong bat Group work Interview other group's members about their sports things and their opinion about the sports activities, and do a report in your group. sports things sports activities his/her opinion student 1. That sounds interesting. 听起来很有趣。 句中的 sound 是系动词 , 意思是“听起来” , 其后接形容词作系表结构 . 类似的系动词还有 : look ( 看起来 ), taste ( 尝起来 ), smell ( 闻起来 ) 这些词后都可以接形容词或名词 , 表示情况或状况． 如 : You look young. 你看起来很年轻。 It tastes good. 这尝起来很香。 Language points 2. Gina Smith has two soccer balls. 当主语为第三人称单数时 , 动词 have 要变成第三人称 has 。如： He has two good friemds. 他有两个好朋友妹妹。 　 Mary has a baseball bat. 玛丽有一个棒球棒。 人称 单数 复数 第一人称 I 我 We 我们 第二人称 You 你 You 你们 第三人称 He/she/it 他 / 她 / 它 They 他们 句子的构成： 主语 ( 人称代词或名词 ) + 谓语 ( 动词 ) + 宾语 ( 名词 ) He has a sister. 3. But she doesn’t play sports. (1) 主语为第三人称单数的一般现在时的否定句式为 : 主语＋ doesn’t ＋动词原形＋其它。如： My mother doesn’t like dogs. 我妈妈不喜欢狗。 　 She doesn’t have a book ． 她没有书。 变陈述句为一般疑问句或否定句时 , 要借助助动词 do 或 does 构成 , 例如：　　　　　　　 -- Do you have an eraser? --Yes, I do./No, I don’t. -- Does Tom have a dictionary? 　　　　　 --Yes, he does./No, he doesn’t. We don’t have a big house. She doesn’t have a brother. (2) but 是表示转折意义的连词 , 常用于连接两个 意思相对的并列成份。如： I likes soccer very much, but Peter doesn’t like it. 我非常喜欢足球 , 但皮特不喜欢足球。 4. We play it at school with our friends. 我们和我们的朋友在学校踢 ( 足球 ) 。 (1) at school 表示“在学校”。 (2) 介词 with 表示“和；与；跟 …… 一起”。 例如： Can you go with us ？ 5. She only watches them on TV! (1)them 为代词 they 的宾格形式 , 在句中做宾语。 例如： I like them . 我喜欢他们。 Do you know them ? 你认识他们吗？ (2) 句中的介词 on 在此处表示借助于某种工具或手段。 如： They are talking on the phone. 他们在通电话。 6. It is easy for me. 这对我来说挺容易的。 “ for + 具体的人” 表示“对 …… 来说”。 be 动词后一般跟形容词。 例如： (1)computer is difficult for my grandfather,but it’s easy for me. 电脑对我爷爷来说挺难，但对我来说很简单。 (2)Sports are good for you, for him, for her—for all of us! 体育运动对你、对他、还有她 — 对我们大家来说都有好处！ 1 . I ________ TV at night ( 在晚上 ) ． A . look at B . see C . watch D . Look 2. Let’s ______ the map on the wall. A . look at B . see C . watch D . look 3. —________ they have any sports collections? —Yes, they ________. A . Are, are B . Do, do C . Can, do D . Do, can C A B Exercises I. 单项选择。 4. The question is not easy. It’s very ____. A . difficult B . difficulty C . relaxing D . not difficult 5. Let’s play _____ basketball. I don’t like playing _____violin ( 小提琴 ) at home. A . the, the B . the, / C . / , the D . / , / 6. Let’s ____ and ____ football on the playground. A. to go, to play B. go, play C. to go, play D. go, to play A C B Ⅱ. 根据句意和提示填空。 1. -- Let’s _________________( 踢足球 ). -- That sounds ____________( 很有趣 ). 2. -- Let’s play basketball. -- I ____________ ( 没有 )a basketball. -- Let’s play ping-pong. -- ________________ ( 那太好了 ). 3. -- _____ you _______ ( 你有 ) a baseball bat? -- No, I don’t. -- Let’s ___________ ( 看电视 ). -- That sounds _________ ( 没意思 ). play soccer ball interesting don’t have That sounds good Do boring watch TV have 1. 我们放学后踢足球。 2. 我弟弟在电视上看棒球。 3. 乒乓球对我来说很容易。 We play soccer after school. Soccer is easy for me. My brother watches baseball on TV. Ⅲ. 翻译句子。 4. 让我们放学后拉小提琴 (violin) 吧。 那听起来很好。 5. 我有两个排球，但是我认为（打）排球很难。 6. 我喜欢打篮球。它对我来说是令人放松的。 Let's play the violin after school. That sounds good. I have two volleyballs, but I think volleyball is difficult. I like playing basketball. It's relaxing for me. Summary 1. words: same, with, after , 容易的，仅仅、只有，喜欢， love 2. 短语 be easy for/ after school/watch TV 3. 句子 That sounds _________ （困难的） . Gina Smith has two _____________ （棒球棒） . She only watches them _____ TV! It is _______ （容易的、简单的） for me. difficult on easy baseball bats 1. Write about sports things or other things you have. And write down your opinions about different sports activities. 2.Choose one paragraph in 2b and recite it. I have a ________ collection. I have______ ________________________________________________________________________________________________. Homework Section B 3a-Self Check To review the words,phrases and sentence patterns in this unit. Learn to use the words and expressions in Unit5. Language Goals To invite your friends to play together and give your own opinions so that you can get along well with your friends. Emotional Goal I like sports. I have a small sports collection. I have a baseball , I have a tennis racket , I have a ping-pong ball . But I don’t have a volleyball . I play sports every day. （ 运动收藏品 ） [kə'lekʃən] My sports collection He/She has … But he/she doesn’t have … He/She doesn’t have … He/She play s sports every day ./ He/She doesn’t play sports, he/she only watch es them on TV . He/She like s sports .He/She has a great / small sports collection. He/She has … His/Her sports collection Write more questions about sports equipment. 1.Do you have a soccer ball? 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Sports Survey ( ) Yes, I do. ( ) No, I don’t. ( ) Yes, I do. ( ) No, I don’t. ( ) Yes, I do. ( ) No, I don’t. ( ) Yes, I do. ( ) No, I don’t. ( ) Yes, I do. ( ) No, I don’t. ( ) Yes, I do. ( ) No, I don’t. Do you have a basketball? Do you have a ping-pong bat? Do you have a volleyball? Do you have a baseball? Do you have a tennis racket? 3 a Exchange books with a partner. Answer his or her questions in 3a. Do you have a volleyball? Yes, I do. Do you have a tennis racket? No, I don’t. But I have two tennis balls. 3 b Look at the information in 3a. Write about yourself and your partner with but. I don’t have a baseball, but I have a soccer ball. Tom has a baseball, but he doesn’t have a baseball bat. 3c 1 List all the sports you know. Write what you think of them. volleyball fun, difficult Sports Your opinion soccer ball tennis ball ping-pong ball basketball… interesting relaxing boring… Self Check 2. Complete the questions and answers. 1. A: ? B: Yes, my mom has a baseball bat. 2. A: Do you have a volleyball? B: . 3. A: ? B: Yeah, my father has a soccer ball. 4. A: ? B: No, she doesn’t. My teacher has a tennis ball. Does your mom have a baseball bat Does your father have a soccer ball Yes, I do Does your teacher have a basketball I .根据句意和首字母提示补全单词。 1. — What c_______ are you in? — I am in Class 2. 2. A week ( 周 ) has seven d_____. 3. Two pens aren’t enough ( 足够的 ). I need some m____ pens. 4. Li Lei is a g_________ boy. He often helps ( 帮助 ) us. 5. I like reading. It’s f_______. lass ays ore ood un Exercises II. 写出空中所缺单词或短语 , 并翻译句子。 1.Lily and I are in the _____ school. We're both in the No.1 middle school. 2.My grandpa is an interesting old man and I love to be _____ him. 3.Tom and Jane are ___________. Both of them are in Class One, Grade Seven. 4.Do you want to go shopping ______ school? same after classmates with 咱们去踢足球吧。 (play, soccer) 2. 我的朋友没有电脑游戏。 (not, have, computer game) Ⅲ. 根据提示 , 写出正确的句子。 Let’s play soccer. My friend doesn’t have a computer game. 3. 你的儿子喜欢体育吗 ? (son, like, sports) 4. 你 有棒球 吗 ? (have, baseball) 5. 我没有电视机。 6. 琳达放学后常做运动。 Do you have a baseball? Does your son like sports? I don’t have a TV set. Linda often plays sports after school. Ⅳ. 根据短文内容，用下列词语的适当形式填空。 we, classmate, easy, watch, play, same Tom, Mary and Jane are __________, they are in the _____ class. Tom likes ________ basketball, and he alway says to Jane “Hi, Jane, let ____ play basketball.” But Jane often says “It's not ______ for me, I just want to ______ it on TV.” But Mary likes sports very much, so Tom always plays basketball with Mary. classmates watch easy us same playing Summary Talk with your partners, and write down the words, phrases and sentences you can remember in Unit5. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 1. Complete the exercises in Unit5 . 2. Preview the words and expressions in Unit 6. Homework unit 6 人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件 Do you like bananas? Section A 1a-1c To learn to talk about likes and dislikes. 2. To learn to say fruit and vegetables in English: banana, hamburger, tomato, ice-cream, salad, strawberry, pear, milk, bread, vegetable, fruit, apple… Language Goals Be able to express your likes and dislikes. Emotional Goal This is a fruit and vegetable house ( 果疏屋 ). What’s in the house? ( 果蔬屋里有什么 ?) some fruits some vegetables ['vedʒtəbl] an apple three appl es n . 橙子 ; 橘 n.& adj. 橙色 ( 的 ) an orange [' ɔ r I ndʒ] two orang es [' ɔ r I ndʒ I Z] three tomato es a tomato six pear s some banana s a strawberry many strawberr ies salad broccoli n. 花椰菜 some broccoli broccoli s chicken ['tʃ I k I n] many chicken s a carrot some carrots a potato French fries potato es = potato chips [p ə 't e I t əʊ ] [tʃ I ps] two hamburger s ice-cream [ˈa ɪ s kr iː m] milk [m i lk] bread ice-cream bread orange s banana s strawberr ies salad pear s tomato es hamburger s What's this? What are these? Pair work: Remember the words and fill in the chart. ( 两人为一组 , 将所学单词归类 ) countable noun （ 可数名词） countable noun ＆ uncountable noun uncountable noun （不可数名词） apple, banana, orange, pear, vegetable, strawberry, tomato, hamburger, carrot, French fries ice-cream, salad, fruit, chicken, food milk, bread, rice 可数名词 (countable noun) ： apple ---- apples pear ---- pears hamburger --- hamburgers banana ---- bananas orange ---- oranges strawberry --- strawberries tomato ---- tomatoes carrot ---- carrots French fries – French fries 不可数名词 ( un countable noun) ： milk bread rice ice-cream, food, salad, fruit, chicken 1. hamburgers ____ 2. tomatoes ____ 3. oranges ____ 4. ice-cream ____ 5. salad ____ 6. bananas ____ 7. strawberries ____ 8. pears ____ 9. milk ____ 10. bread ____ d i f h b g c j e a Match the words with the things in the picture. 1a f b e d c a j g h i Memory competition Who is the winner? (Group work) Tell the food according to the picture. apple banana chicken salad strawberry carrot milk ice-cream A: Do you like bananas? B: Yes, I do. A: Do you like salad? B: No, I don’t. A: Do you like oranges? B: Yes, I do. 2 1 3 Listen and number the conversations[1-3]. 1b bananas oranges hamburgers French fries ice-cream strawberries tomatoes salad Practice the conversations above with your partner. Then make your own conversations. 1c A: I like bananas . Do you like bananas ? B: Yes, I do. I like it/them . / No, I don’t. I don’t like it/them . A: Let’s have bananas . B: That sounds… Pair work According to the conversations above, make your own conversations. I. 写出下列单词的复数形式。 Exercises watch tomato carrot orange strawberry peach photo potato watches tomatoes carrots oranges strawberries peaches photos potatoes II . 根据句意及图片提示写出相应的单词。 1. My brother doesn’t like ________. 2. We have some ____ for breakfast. 3. Nick doesn’t like _______. 4. I have a ______ __ __ and milk for breakfast. 5. Lucy likes _______ _ _ very much. bananas eggs carrots hamburger ice-cream Ⅲ. 汉译英。 1. — 你喜欢沙拉吗？ — 我不喜欢。 2. 我喜欢花椰菜，但我不喜欢炸薯条。 —Do you like salad? —No, I don’t. I like broccoli, but I don’t like French fries. What's this? Do you like it? Summary Summary What are these? Do you like them? Memorize the names of all kinds of food. 2.Review the conversations in this class, and preview the next lesson. Homework Section A 2a-2d To review the names of some kinds of food. Learn the sentence pattens: Do you like...? Yes, I do./No, I don't. Language Goals To know the food your friends like and the food they don't like. Emotional Goal Do you like …? Yes, I do. / No, I don’t. Pair work Do you like …? Yes, I do. No, I don’t. A: Do you like hamburger s ? B: Yes, I do. / No, I don’t. A: Do you like salad ? B: Yes, I do. / No, I don’t. I don’t like I like Say what you like and what you don’t like. hamburgers pears tomatoes strawberries oranges ice cream salad bananas Listen and circle the food you hear. 2a Listen again. Fill in the blanks. tomatoes tomatoes ice cream ice cream 2b Practice the conversations above. 2c I like hamburgers . Do you like hamburgers? Yes, I do. Let’s have tomatoes. Oh, no. I don’t like tomatoes. What about an ice-cream? Sounds good. Talk about your favorite fruit with your partner. Role-play the conversation. Jack: Hey, John’s birthday dinner is next week. Let’s think about the food. Tom: Sure. How about burgers, vegetable salad, and some fruit? Bill: Sounds good. John likes hamburgers. 2d Jack: Oh, I don’t like salad. Bill: But John likes salad, and it’s his birthday. Jack: Yes, you’re right. What about the fruit? Tom: I think John likes strawberries and apples. Bill: OK. Let’s have strawberries and apples then. Group competition Practice the role-play above in your group. Perform the conversation in front of your classmates, and every group chooses your favourite three groups. Who is the winner ? Complete the conversation. I like __________. Do you like _____? Yes, I ____. _____ Sally _________? No, she doesn't. Let's ________________. That _______ good. ice-cream sounds have an ice-cream do it Does like it Language points John’s birth day dinner is next week . “ next week ” 译为“下周”，英语中的 “ next ”, “ last ” 后跟表示时间的词语构成时间状语，如： next day 第二天 last month 上个月 next month 下个月 last week 上周 next year 明年 last year 去年 2. Let’s think about the food. 让我们来想想（吃什么）食物吧。 “ think about” 表示“思考；考虑” , “think” 为不及物动词，常与介词 about 连用。例如： Let me think about your house. 让我考虑考虑你的房子问题。 3.   How about ... ？ 意为“ …… 怎么样？” 相当于 What about ... ？，用来询问情况或征求意见。如： How about/What about eating salad? 吃沙拉怎么样？     My father is a teacher. What about yours? 我的父亲是位老师，你父亲呢？ 4. Let’s have strawberries and apples then. “ Let’s have …” 译为“让我们吃 ……” 1) 在英语中“ have ”+ 表示一日三餐的名词，意为“用餐”。 have breakfast/lunch/supper   吃早饭 / 午饭 / 晚饭 have dinner 吃晚饭 2 ） have + 表示食品、饮料等的名词， 意为“吃；喝” (=eat, drink ）。如： have (some) bread  吃面包  have eggs (for breakfast)  （早餐）吃鸡蛋  have (a cup of )tea  喝（一杯）茶  I. 根据图片提示完成句子。 1. — ___ you like ___________? — Yes, I do. I like ________, too. 2. — _____ your father like ______? — No. He _______ like ______. 3. — Let’s _____ salad. — Oh, no. I ______ ______ salad. 4. — Let’s _____ _________ and ___________. — That _______ good. I ____ them. Do strawberries Does pears doesn’t pears have bananas don’t like have ice-cream hamburgers sounds like Exercises Don’t take the fruit to Alice. I need ______ (it). _____ (That) are my ________ (friend). ______ (It) are nice. There are some ______ (photo) on the wall. They are very beautiful. I have much ___________(homework) to do. it Those friends They photos homework II. 用所给词的适当形式填空。 III. 翻译句子。 1. 丽丽的生日宴在明天。让我们考虑一下水果吧。 2. 汤姆不喜欢沙拉。 Tom doesn’t like salad. Lily’s birthday party is next day. Let’s think about the fruit. 第二天 明年 last week 上个月 have breakfast 怎么样 考虑 next day next year 上周 last month think about how about/what about 吃早餐 Summary Countable nouns: hamburgers, eggs, oranges, bananas, apples, pears, carrots, vegetables, tomatoes, strawberries Uncountable nouns: milk, bread, rice Countable and uncountable nouns: food, fruit, ice-cream, chicken, salad 中考链接 — It's nearly lunch time. How about having some noodles and dumplings? —________________. A.You're welcome B. That’s all right C. That's nice of you D. That sounds good 没关系。 不客气。 听起来不错。 由上句“吃点面条和饺子怎么样？”可知这是建议。 你真是太好了。 Homework Remember the words and phrases. 2.Make a conversation with your partner about your favorite fruit and vegetable. Section A Grammar Focus-3c Learn the plural forms of some fruit and vegetables. Learn the sentence patterns: Do you/they like...? Yes, I/they do. No, I/they don't. Does she/he like...? Yes,... / No,... Language Goals Learn to tell the healthy food and unhealthy food, so that you can eat healthily. Emotional Goal Do you like pear s ? Yes, I do. Yes, I do. I like pear s . Do I like banana s ? No, you don’t. No, you don’t. You don’t like banana s . Milk, milk. He like s milk. Salad, salad. She doesn’t like salad. Review I like . I don’t like . They like . They don’t like . tomato es salad strawberr ies milk He He hamburger s. like s doesn’t like bread. She She ice cream . bananas . like s doesn’t like Do you like salad? Yes, I do . No, I don’t . Do they like salad? Yes, they do . No, they don’t . Does he like ice-cream? Yes, he does . No, he doesn’t . Does she like hamburgers? Yes, she does . No, she doesn’t . Grammar focus 1. ______ you like salad? ______________. 你喜欢沙拉吗？ 是的，我喜欢。 2. ________ he like oranges? _____________. He likes apples. 他喜欢桔子吗？ 不，他不喜欢。他喜欢苹果。 3. ________ she like strawberries? _____________. 她喜欢草莓吗？ 是的，她喜欢。 4._________ they like chicken? ____________. They like beef. 他们 / 她们喜欢鸡肉吗？ 不，他们 / 她们不喜欢鸡肉 。 他 们 / 她们喜欢牛肉。 Do No, they don't Do Yes, she does Does No, he doesn't Yes, I do Does 可数名词和不可数名词 可数名词 （ 1 ） （ 2 ） （ 3 ） （ 4 ） 定义：是 可以 计数的名词。 可数名词前 可以 用 a , an 限定,表一个。 可数名词前 可以 用 one, two, three … 等数词限定。 可数名词 有复数形式 。 名词特点 词尾加法 词尾读音方法 例词 一般情况下 可数名词复数形式的构成 1 加 -s 1. -s 在清辅音后读 [s] 2. -s 在浊辅音后读 [z] 3. -s 在元音后读 [z] 4. 以音素 [ s , z , ʒ] ] 结尾的，读 [iz] desk s apple s tree s orange s 以 -s, -x, -sh, -ch 结尾的 加 -es -es 读 [iz] box es watch es 以 f 或 fe 结尾的 改 f 或 fe 为 v 再加 -es -ves 读 [vz] kni ves wi ves 可数名词复数形式的构成 2 名词特点 词尾加法 词尾读音方法 例词 改 y 为 i 再加 -es -ies 读 [iz] famil ies dictionar ies 以元音 字母 加 y 结尾的 加 -s -s 读 [z] boy s key s 以 o 结尾的 有生命的事物加 -es -es 读 [z] tomato es potato es 以 辅音 字母加 y 结尾的 无生命的事物加 -s -s 读 [z] photo s radio s 可数名词和不可数名词 不可数名词 （ 1 ） （ 2 ） （ 3 ） （ 4 ） 定义：是指表示 不能 计数的事物的名词。 不可数名词前 不可以 用 a , an 限定。 不可数名词前 不可以 用 one, two , three… 限定 。 不可数名词 没有 复数形式。 可数名词和不可数名词 既可数又不可数的名词 定义：在某些情况下 能 计数，在某些情况下 不能 计数的名词。 e.g. （1）a chicken 一只鸡 chicken 鸡肉 （2）an ice cream 一个冰淇淋 ice cream 冰淇淋（指成份） （3）a salad 一碟沙拉 salad 沙拉（指成份） Underline the correct words in the brackets. I like fruit, but I (don’t/ doesn’t ) like vegetables. She (like/ likes) bread, but she (doesn’t/ don’t) like salad. He (like/ likes) bananas, but he (don’t/ doesn’t) like oranges. 3a 4. We (likes/ like) hamburgers, but we don’t (like/ likes) chicken. 5. They (likes/ like) pears, but they (don’t/ doesn’t) like strawberries. A: Does he like …? B: Yes, he does . He like s …/ No , he doesn’t . He doesn’t like … Talk with your partner A: Does she like…? B: Yes, she does . She like s … / No, she doesn’t . She doesn’t like… A: Do they like …? B: Yes, they do . They like … No , they don’t . They don’t like … A: Does she like …? B: Yes, she does . She like s … / No, she doesn’t . She doesn’t like … Make conversations according to the pictures. B: Yes, he does . He like s …/ No, he doesn’t . He doesn’t like … A: Does he like …? Number these sentences [1-4] to make a conversation. ( ) So, let’s get salad. ( ) Yes, I do. ( ) Do you like salad? ( ) OK. 1 2 3 4 3b A: Do you like bread? B: Yes, I do. A: So, let’s get bread. B: OK. Practice the conversation above and make your own conversations. Group work A: Do you like …? B: Yes, I do. A: So, let’s get … B: OK. food person           -Does she/he like …? -Yes, she/he does. She / He likes …. No, she / he doesn’t. She / He doesn’t like… Unhealthy food Healthy food Talk in your group, and say the healthy food and unhealthy food from the following words. hamburgers, tomatoes, broccoli, orange, French fries, ice cream, salad, strawberries, banana, apples, tomatoes, broccoli, orange, salad, banana, strawberries , apples , hamburgers, French fries, ice cream Different people like different food. How about your classmates? Interview at least three students about the food they like and dislike, and make a report. Interview name like dislike Tom likes..., but he doesn't like... food likes doesn’t like ice-cream Liu Li Zhao Jun 3c Ask your classmates about the food in the chart. Find out what they like and don’t like. Talk about likes and dislikes . ● Do you like salad? Yes, I do ./No, I don’t . Do they like French fries? Yes, they do . / No, they don’t . Does he like strawberr ies ? Yes, he does . / No, he doesn’t . ● I like orange s . I don’t like banana s . They like salad. They don’t like broccoli. She likes ice cream. She doesn’t like banana s . I. 用所给单词的适当形式填空。 1. I like _________ (tomato) very much. 2. Nick _____ (like) hamburgers and salad. 3. Let’s ______ (think) about the birthday dinner. 4. Ms Smith has ten ____________ (strawberry). tomatoes likes think strawberries Exercises 5. Burgers? That ________ (sound) good. 6. My brother __________ (not like) eggs. 7. His cousins ________ (not like) ice-cream. sounds doesn’t like don’t like II. 根据 汉语提示写单词。 1. Do you like _________ ( 蔬菜 ) ? 2. We always have ______ ( 晚饭 ) at 6:00. 3. My dad has a __________ ( 生日 ) party next week. 4. Does your sister like _______ ( 鸡肉 )? 5. _______ ( 鸡蛋 ) and milk are good for you. 6. Lily has _______ ( 米饭 ) and _______ ( 胡萝卜 ) every day. vegetables supper birthday chicken Eggs rice carrots III. 单项选择。 1. Wu Ling likes pears but she ___ bananas. A. likes B. don’t like C. doesn’t like 2. — _____ your brothers like hamburgers? — Yes, ______. A. Do; they do B. Does; he does C. Are; they are C A 1. We have some fruit after dinner. ( 改为由 let 开头的祈使句 ) ________ ________ some fruit after dinner. 2. Paul likes milk. He doesn’t like bread. ( 合为一句 ) Paul likes milk, ________ he doesn’t like bread. Let’s have but Ⅳ. 按要求改写句子。 3. My best friend likes grapes. ( 改为否定句 ) 4. Uncle Tom likes strawberry. Uncle Tom likes orange, too. ( 合为一句 ) My best friend doesn't like grapes. Uncle Tom likes strawberry and orange. — What would you like to eat ? — Some _______, please . A.bread B.carrot C.teas 中考链接 茶 胡萝卜 面包 上句问“你想吃什么？”，回答要食品。 bread 不可数， carrot 是可数名词，要加 s 。 Summary 1.Write the plural form of these words: orange, chicken, salad, ice-cream, watch, table, strawberry, grape, cake, photo, tomato, radio, hero. 2.List the food you like and dislike as many as possible, and compete with your classmates. 3.Say the healthy food you like and unhealthy food you like. Talk about your family’s favorite food and write a short passage . 谈论 你家人最喜爱的食物 , 写一段小短文。 My name is … I like…, but I don’t like … My father likes …, but he doesn’t like … My mother like s …, but she doesn’t like … Homework Section B 1a-1e To learn some words: breakfast,lunch... Learn to express what others like and don't like. Language Goals Talk about your breakfast, lunch and dinner, and develop a good eating habit. Emotional Goal Do you like apple s ? Yes, I do. Do you like banana s ? No, I don’t. Do you like hamburger s ? Yes, I do. Do you like orange s ? No, I don’t Do you like pear s ? Yes, I do. Do you like tomatoe s ? No, I don’t. Let’s chant with claps ( 打拍子 ): an egg eggs Review the Words carrots a carrot chicken ['tʃ ɪ k ɪ n] chickens fruit vegetable s ['v e dʒt ə bls] chicken carrots apples eggs fruit vegetables food breakfast lunch dinner 7:00 a.m 12:10 a.m 6:30 p.m Write the number of each word next to the correct food. 4 3 7 9 6 8 10 2 5 orange 3. eggs 5. ice-cream 7. banana 9. rice 2. salad 4. apple 6. hamburger 8. chicken 10. carrots 1a Fruits: pears, __________________________________________ Vegetables: carrots,__________ ___________________________ How many others words can you add to the lists. apples, oranges, bananas, strawberries, grapes… tomatoes, potatoes, onions… 1b Talk in your group, and write as many fruit and vegetables as possible. How many other words can you add to the list? fruit: pear, __________________________________________________________________________________________________ grape, watermelon, lemon, peach, cherry, pineapple, mango, litchi... vegetables: carrot, ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ potato, tomato, cabbage, cucumber, onion, aubergine, raddish, mooli, spinach... orange salad eggs apple ice-cream hamburger banana chicken rice carrots Listen and circle the food you hear in 1a . 1c Listen again. Fill in the chart. Likes Doesn’t like Tom Sally carrots salad, bananas, oranges, apples, ice-cream Vegetables (including salad) apples Vegetables (except for salad) 1d Ask and answer questions about what Sally and Tom like and don’t like. 1e Does Tom like carrots? Yes, he does. Role-play Join in a group, and make conversations about what Sally and Tom like and don't like. A: Do you like….? B: Yes, I do. I like… B: No, I don’t. I don’t like… Pair work Fruits and vegetables are good for our health 水果和蔬菜有益于 我们的健康 Let's have them. Ⅰ. 按要求写出下列单词。 1. watch( 复数 ) ________ 2. carrot( 复数 ) ________ 3. sound( 第三人称单数 ) _________ 4. orange( 复数 ) ________ 5. I( 宾格 ) ________ watches carrots sounds me oranges Exercises 7. We have __________( 蔬菜 ) for dinner every day. 8. We have _________( 许多 ) clubs. 9. Mike doesn’t like _________( 西红杮 ). 10. —Let’s eat ice-cream. —That __________( 听起来 )good. 11. I like ____________( 草莓 )very much. vegetables many tomatoes strawberries sounds ( )1. Do you like French fries?( )2. Does she like carrots?( )3. Does she like broccoli?( )4. Do you like ice-cream?( )5. What do they have for dinner? A. No, she doesn’t. She likes carrots.B. They have chicken, French fries and carrots.C. Yes, I do.D. No, I don’t. I like ice-cream.E. Yes, she does. A B C E D II. 将正确的序号写在括号里。 1. Let’s ________ the football match. A. going and watch 　 B. go to watch C. go and watching D. go and to watch 2. Where ______ your brother usually ___ lunch? A. do; have 　 B. are; having 　 C. does; have 　 D. is; having III. 单项选择。 B C 3. We need some ________ every day. A. vegetable 　 B. meats 　　　 C. milks 　 　 D. healthy food 4. —______ Song Yang like broccoli? —Sorry , I ________ know. A. Does, do 　　 B. Do, doesn’t 　 C. Does, don't 　 D. Does, don’t D D 5. —What kind of fruit do you like? —Well, I like ________. 　 A. the strawberries 　 B. strawberry C. strawberries 　 D. the strawberrys 6. _________ like chicken. 　 A. He and I 　　 B. I and he 　　 C. He and me 　 D. I and him C A Ⅳ . 句型 转换。 Lucy and her sister like ice-cream. ( 改一般疑问句 ) 2. Better’s friends have some cups. ( 改否定句 ) Do Lucy and her sister like ice-cream? Better’s friends don’t have any cups. 3. My cousin has hamburgers for lunch. ( 改一般疑问句 ) 4. My good friend likes apples and oranges . ( 对画线部分提问 ) 5. His family like vegetables very much. ( 对画线部分提问 ) Does your cousin have hamburgers for lunch? What does your good friend like? Who likes vegetables very much? Complete the article. Hi, I'm _____. There are ___ people in my family: my ____________ and I. My ____ likes eating ________, but he doesn't like ___________. My _____ likes eating _________, but she doesn't like ________. ____ _____________________________________________ _______________________________________. Summary Write a small article to tell us what you have for breakfast, lunch and dinner. 2. Prepare for the next lesson. Homework Section B 2a-2c Learn the words and phrases: healthy, unhealthy, what about..., like...for... Be able to read the article and find out the main idea and details. Language Goals Develop good eating habits. Help your parents prepare meals for your family. Emotional Goals What do you like for breakfast, lunch and supper? I like … for breakfast. Discussion What do you like for breakfast, lunch and supper? I like … for lunch. What do you like for breakfast, lunch and supper? I like … for supper. Food Yes Maybe No fruit vegetable eggs chicken hamburgers ice-cream Which food do you think is healthy. Check ( √ ) Yes, Maybe or No. √ √ √ √ √ √ 2a Write healthy food and unhealthy food in your life. healthy food: _____________________________________ unhealthy food: _____________________________________ milk, apple, carrot, tomato, potato, orange... hamburger, ice-cream, French fries... Job: volleyballer Name: Cindy Smith She eats lots of healthy food. volleyball star Read the magazine article and circle the food words. 2b What's the article about? It's about volleyballer Cindy Smith's eating habits. Write down the healthy food and unhealthy food in the article. healthy food: _____________________________________ unhealthy food: _____________________________________ fruit, bananas, orangers, apples, salad, chicken hamburges, ice-cream sports star eat well ask...about... like...for breakfast be healthy what about one last question Can you guess their meaning? 体育明星 吃得好 向某人询问 ...... 早餐喜欢吃 ...... 是健康的 ...... 怎么样？ 最后一个问题 Write five sentences about Cindy’s eating habits. Cindy likes healthy food. 1. Cindy 2. She 3. She 4. Cindy doesn’t 5. She doesn’t likes oranges and apples. really likes salad. likes fruit for breakfast. like hamburgers for dinner. like bananas. 2c You are David, and your partner is Cindy. Role-play the conversation. Then perform the conversation in front of your classmates. Language points 1. some 和 many 的区别 (1) some 意思是 “一些” , 可以修饰可数名词 , 也可以 修饰不可数名词。 e.g. some friends 一些朋友 some water 一些水 (2) many 后加可 数名词复数 , 意思是 “许多”。不可数名词 要用 much 修饰。 e.g. many bananas 许多香蕉 much milk 许多牛奶 2. volleyball 排球 volleyballer 排球运动员 后缀 -er 一般用来表示人。 e.g. work ( 工作 ) --- worker( 工人 ) sing( 唱歌 ) --- singer( 歌手 ) teach ( 教 ) --- teacher( 教师 ) run ( 跑 ) ---runner （跑步的人） 3. I like chicken for dinner. 晚餐我喜欢吃鸡肉。 for dinner 在句中作状语。 2) have /has 也可以表示 “吃”或 “喝”。 英语中人们习惯用 have 来表示吃早、中、晚饭。 而不用 eat 来表示 , 且三餐前不加定冠词 the 。 e.g. Let’s have lunch. 我们吃午饭吧。 Let’s have some salad. 让我们吃些沙拉吧。 4. I don’t want to be fat. 我不想变胖。 want 的用法 : want sth. 想要某物 want to do sth. 想要做某事 want sb. to do sth. 想要某人做某事 e.g. I want some water.  I want to eat an apple. He wants his mother to have a rest. do 表示 动词原形 1. He likes eggs and bananas ___ dinner. 2. Her _______ habit is not good. 3. In the red bag, I s aw five ________ . 4. Mike ____ three pencils and two pens. 5. Anna doesn’t want _______ fat. for, be, eat, have, tomato I. 从方框中选择单词，并用其正确形式填空。 for eating tomatoes has to be Exercises 1. 我喜欢橙子和梨 ，你呢 ？ I like oranges and pears. _____ _____ you? 2. 你晚饭吃什么？ What do you have ___ _____ _ ? 3. 我们有相同的饮食习惯。 We have the same ______ _____. 4. 胡萝卜是健康食品。 Carrots are _______ _____. 5. 你妈妈喜欢什么水果？ ______ _____ does your mother like? What about for dinner eating habit healthy food What fruit II. 根据汉语提示完成句子，每空一词 。 III. 根据提示词完成对话。 1. A: _______________________ ___ ? (Mrs. Green, oranges) B: Yes, she does. 2. A: __________________________! (let’s, strawberries) B: Sounds good. Does Mrs. Green like oranges Let’s have some strawberries 3. A: _______________________? (for lunch) B: I like chicken and rice. 4. A: Do your parents like fruit salad? B: ___________. (yes) 5. A: Does your brother like ice-cream? B: _____________. (no) What do you like for lunch No, he doesn’t Yes, they do IV. 将下列句子按照正确的顺序，排列组成一段通顺的对话。 A. What about dinner? B. Do you have breakfast every day? C. I usually have some fruit like apples and bananas. They are healthy food. D. Oh, what do you have for lunch? E. Yes, I do. I eat hamburgers and milk. F. Yes, you are right. G. For lunch, I eat chicken and rice. They a re d elicious (美味的). 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 V. 汉译英。 1. 她晚餐吃鸡肉、西红柿、炸薯条，还 有甜点冰淇淋。 For dinner, she has chicken, tomatoes, French fries, and for dessert, ice cream. 2. 汤姆吃很多健康食物，早餐他喜欢吃 鸡蛋，桔子还有香蕉。 Tom eats lots of healthy food. For breakfast, he likes to have eggs, oranges and bananas. — What do you think of working as a doctor? — It 's a good job to help people keep ______. A. busy B. strict C. healthy D. generous 中考链接 慷慨的 健康的 忙碌的 医生的职业是帮助人们保持身体健康。 严厉的 Summary Translate the phrases: eat well, what about..., like...for supper. 最后一个问题，体育明星 List the healthy food and unhealthy food you usually eat. Homework Review the words and phrases we learned today. 2.Design breakfast, lunch and supper for your family. Section B 3a-Self Check Review the plural forms of some countable nouns. Learn to ask others about what they like and they don't like. Learn to use the word “but”. Language Goals To know your parents, raletives and friends better, and to know the things they like and don't like. Emotional Goal orange s broccoli She likes… but she doesn’t like… strawberr ies salad She likes… but she doesn’t like… French frie s tomato es She likes… but she doesn’t like… ice cream hamburger s She likes… but she doesn’t like… chicken pear s She likes… but she doesn’t like… Complete the survey. —Do you like eggs for breakfast? —No , I don’t. I like oranges. Breakfast Lunch Dinner I like I don’t like My partner likes My partner doesn’t like 3a Write about what you and your partner like and don’t like for breakfast, lunch and dinner. For breakfast, I like________, but I don’t like _____________________________ For lunch, _______________________ And for dinner, ___________________ For breakfast, ________likes________ For lunch ,________________________ And for dinner ,____________________ 3b 1 Do you know the plurals of these words? Put them in the correct columns. hamburger tomato carrot photo banana strawberry hat table dictionary egg apple pear radio vegetable family pencil key volleyball Self Check + s + es y i + es + s + es y i + es hamburger photo hat egg radio pencil banana table apple vegetable key carrot pear volleyball tomato family strawberry dictionary 2. What food, sports and colors do you like and dislike? I like I don’t like basketball, soccer ball, volleyball, tennis ball, baseball, ping-pong ball swim… white , black, red , orange , yellow, green , blue, pink, purple, brown … apple, orange, pear, strawberry, banana, chicken, salad, milk, carrot, hamburger, watermelon, bread, tomato… f ood colors sports 3. What food, sports and colors do your parents like and dislike? Write at least five sentences. My mother / father likes apples/swimming/red… 2. My mother / father doesn’t like pears / basketball / purple… 3. My mother / father likes apples/swimming/red… , but she / he doesn’t like… 4. My parents like strawberries/ watching TV / green… Ask your classmates what they like to eat for lunch. Find someone who likes to eat the same lunch as you . Name Food l_ke ____ ha_e ____ _at ____ s_ar ____ d_nner ____ r__n ___ l___ch ____ _ood ____ v t e i u 明星 有 喜欢 跑 食物 吃 晚饭 午饭 f un i Complete the words and tell us the Chinese meaning of each word. carrot tomato pear apple Match the words with the pictures. 1. 当主语是第一、二人称单复数和第三 人称复数 时 , 肯定 句 的 谓语由动词原形充当 。 否定 句 的谓语为 don’t+ 动词原形。 一般 疑问句 句首用 Do, 句中的谓语用 动词 原形。 e.g. I like tomatoes. I don’t like hamburgers. Do you like tomatoes? Simple present tense—like Language points 2. 在一般现在时中 , 当主语是第三 人称单数 时 , 其 肯定 句 的谓语由动词 原形 + s(es) 构成 。 否定 句 的谓语由 doesn’t+ 动词原形构成 。 一般 疑问句 句 首 用 does , 句中的谓语用动词原形充当。 e.g. She likes apples. She doesn’t like chicken. Does she like apples? 肯定句 I/you/we/they like French fries. He/she likes ice-cream. 否定句 I /you/we/they don’t like tomatoes. He/she doesn’t like French fries. 动词 “ like ” 的肯定句、否定句的用法 一般疑问句的肯定 / 否定回答 —Do you like hamburgers? —Yes , I do. / No, I don’t. —Does he/she like broccoli? —Yes , he/she does. /No, he/she doesn’t. Practice the conversation with your partner. A: Do you like oranges? B : No, I don’t. A: Do you like bananas? B : Yes, I do. 1. banana 2. hamburger 　 3. tomato 　 4. broccoli 　 5. French fries 　 6. orange 　 7. ice-cream 　 8. salad 　 9. strawberry 草莓 香蕉 汉堡包 番茄 ； 西红柿 花椰菜 薯条 冰淇淋 橘子 沙拉 I. 连 线。 Exercises 10. chicken 11. fruit 　 12. vegetable 　 13. breakfast 　 14.runner 15. a lot of 　 16. healthy 　 17. dessert 　 18. list 很多 鸡肉 水果 蔬菜 早餐 赛跑的人 健康的 甜点心 目录 II. 单项 选择。 1. ____ he like salad? A. Is B. Do C. Does D. Are 2. Do you like broccoli? No, ______ A. I do. B . I doesn’t. C . I does. D. I don’t 3. Do you have some _____? A. oranges B. tomatos C. hamburger D. banana 4. Let’s _____ ice-cream. A. eat B. to eat C. eating D. eats C D A A Ⅲ. 完 成句子。 1. I have _________( 大量 ， 许多 ) books in my home. 2. My family have _______________ ( 健康食品 ) for meals. 3. They do sports _____________( 每天 ). 4. My sister Kate likes bananas, apples __________ ( 早饭 ). 5. Those carrots are _________( 汤姆的 ). many healthy food f or breakfast Every day Tom’s 6. Lucy ________(like) tomatoes very much. 7. _______ he _________(have) hamburgers for breakfast? 8. What ______ you often ______ (do) after supper? 9. They ___________(not have) many CDs, but they _______(have) a lot of video cassettes. 10. Let’s _______(play) computer games. likes Does have do do don’t have have play IV. 句型 转换。 1. His brother has lunch at home. ( 否定句 ) His brother ______________ lunch at home. 2. He likes ice-cream very much. ( 一般疑问句 ) ______ he _______ ice-cream very much? 3. She has lunch at school . ( 画 线 提问 ) ___________ she ________ lunch? 4. I have a pen and a pencil . ( 画 线 提问 ) __________ you have ? doesn’t have Does like Where does have What do 5. Kate likes her new hat. ( 一般疑问句 ) _______ Kate _______ her new hat? 6. Do they like salad for dinner? ( 肯否定回答 ) Yes, ___________. No, _____________. 7. 他喜欢蔬菜吗 ? 是的 , 他喜欢。 --______ he _______ vegetables? --Yes, ___________. Does like they do they don’t. Does like he does 8. She has two eggs for breakfast.( 一般疑问句 ) ______ she ______ two eggs for breakfast? 9. This is a hamburger.( 复数 ) These ___________________. 10. We have chicken and eggs for dinner. ( 画线 提问 ) ________ you have for dinner? Does have are hamburgers What do Summary How many words and phrases can you remember in this unit? Have a competition with your classmates. 2. What did your have for breakfast, lunch and supper yesterday? What about your parents ? Homework Review all the words and phrases in Unit5. 2. Write a small article to describe the eating habits of your family. 3. Prepare for the test of Unit 6. unit 7 人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件 How much are there socks? Section A 1a-1c To learn to ask about prices. To learn to talk about clothing. To learn new words: much, sock, T-shirt, shorts, sweater, trousers, shoe, skirt, dollar… Language Goals Learn to choose your own clothes, and ask their price. Emotional Goal Let’s go shopping! clothes store Warming-up clothes T-shirt trouser s short s shoe s sweater skirt hat sock s jacket sweater T-shirt shorts shoes trousers skirt socks hat What's this? 1. socks _____ 2. T-shirt _____ 3. shorts _____ 4. sweater _____ 5 . bag _____ 6. hat _____ 7 . trousers _____ 8. shoes _____ 9 . jacket _____ 10 . skirts _____ i d a c f g j b h Match the words with the things in the picture. e 1a j i h g f e d c b a 1 dollar 5 dollar s 20 dollar s 5 yuan ( ￥ 5 ) ￥ = yuan ＄ = dollar 100 yuan ( ￥ 100 ) 10 yuan ( ￥ 10 ) This is my favorite skirt.It’s 80 yuan . These are my favorite shoes.They’re 100 yuan . Introduce your clothes Talk about clothes with your partner according to the samples. What's this? This is a shirt. How to spell it? S-H-I-R-T. What are these? These are shoes. How to spell it? S-H-O-E-S. bag shirt T-shirt trouser s shoe s short s sweater sock s $22 $12 $11 $20 $14 $18 $6 Ask and answer $16 — How much is this...? — It’s... dollar s . — How much are these...? — They’re... dollar s . Listen and circle the things you hear in the picture in 1a. 1b j i h g f e d c b a Listen again and complete the conversation. Girl: How much is the ________? Woman: It's _____________. Girl: And how much are ______________? Woman: Oh, they're _____________. Girl: And _____________? How much is it? Woman: Let's see. It's ____________. hat six dollars these shorts eight dollars this sweater nine dollars $ 10 dollar A: How much is the sweater? B: It’s ten dollar s . $ 12 $ 6 $ 7 Practice the conversation with your partner. Then make your own conversations. 1c $ 14 A: How much are these trouser s ? B: They’re fourteen dollar s . $ 8 $ 4 $ 11 — How much is this…? — It’s…dollars. $ 4 — It’s $ 3. — It’s $ 7. — Please down. — It’s $ 4. — You are great. — Please up. You only have 3 guesses. ($2-$8) Guess the price ($20-$25) ($15-$20) ($10- $15) — How much is this…? — It’s… dollars. $ 18 — How much are these…? — They’re…dollars . $ 23 $ 2 $ 14 ($1-$5) $ 11 ($7-$12) — How much is this / are these…? — It’s / They’re… dollars. Give a suitable price (Pair work) — Oh, it’s / they’re very cheap/too dear. S1: Look, this is my sweater. S2: How much is your sweater? S1: It’s 100 yuan . S1: Look, these are my trousers. S2: How much are your trousers? S1: They’re 200 yuan . Show your clothes. I. 补 全单词及词义。 1.m__ch ________ 5.T-sh___t ______ 2.sw____ter _______ 6.ja___t _______ 3.sh____ts _______ 7.h__t ______ 4.s____ks ______ 8.tr___sers ______ Exercises u ck ir oc ir ea ou a 多少，大量 毛衣 衬衫 裤子 袜子 T 恤 夹克 帽子 II . 用 is 或 are 补全句子。 — How much ___ this yellow skirt? — It ___ seven dollars. — How much ____ these black pants? — They ____ ten dollars. is is are are . 翻译句子。 1. — 那顶帽子多少钱？ — 九美元。 2. — 这些袜子多少钱？ — 十美元。 — How much is that hat? — It’s nine dollars. — How much are these socks? — They’re ten dollars. Ⅲ Summary 1. Tell the meaning of the words: sweater, shorts, T-shirt, shirt, pants, socks, shoes, skirt 2.Ask the seller about the price of these things: 1.What do your family members wear today? Write down the clothes. My father wears...My mother wears... 2.Practice the conversations in the class. Homework Section A 2a-2e To learn the words of colors. To learn the following sentences: It's a ...hat. What color is it? It's... How much is it/are these? It's/These are... Language Goals Learn to talk with the shop keepers, and choose your favourite clothes. Emotional Goal Listen and repeat. big small short long 2a green blue brown black orange red white purple yellow COLORS yellow green blue white red What are the colors? Do you know the colors of the rainbow? Have you seen the rainbow? red, green, indigo( 靛蓝色 ) orange, yellow blue, purple( 紫色 ) blue 蓝 grey 灰， white 白的像雪堆； yellow 黄 green 绿， red 红的似血迹； orange 橙 purple 紫， black 黑的如墨汁； brown 意为棕褐色， color 颜色记仔细。 颜色词记忆口诀 big small It’s a big red hat. It’s a small yellow hat. long short small big 冠词 + 大小 + 颜色 + 中心名词 big small Tell the things according to the sample above. It's a small green ball. It's a big blue ball. short long It's a long orange pencil. It's a short brown pencil. Skirt, skirt, a short skirt. Sweater, sweater, a short sweater. Trousers, trousers, long trousers. Let's chant Shorts, shorts, short shorts. Socks, socks, small socks. Shoes, shoes, big shoes. yellow green black blue red grey Listen to the conversations and circle the things you hear. 2b Listen again. Fill in the price tags . $6 $8 $5 $7 $9 $2 2c Listen and fill in blanks. —I like ____ ________ hats. Do you have one? —Yes, I have this one here. How much is it? —It's ______ dollars. —How much are those _____ _______? —They're _____ dollars. big purple five red shorts six Ask and answer questions about the things in 2b. A: I like these shorts. How much are they? B: They’re six dollars. 2d You want to buy clothes, and your partner plays the seller. Make a conversation. Role-play Small tip: When you buy clothes,you should ask the size, color and price. Role-play the conversation. Woman: Can I help you? Mary: Yes, please. I need a sweater for school. Woman: OK. What color do you want? Mary: Blue. Woman: How about this one? Mary: It looks nice. How much is it? 2e Woman: Nine dollars. Mary: I’ll take it. How much are those yellow socks? Woman: Two dollars for one pair and three dollars for two pairs. Mary: Great! I’ll take two pairs. Woman: Here you are. Mary: Thank you. Woman: You’re welcome. Practice the conversation, role-play it and perform in front of your classmates. Can I help you? I need… / I want… What color do you want? Here you are. Useful shopping expressions How much…? It is / They are… Thank you. You’re welcome. 提供帮助的表达法： Can I help you? 回答时直接说要买什么东西： I need / want a red hat . I want to buy a red hat . 决定买时说： I’ll take / buy / get it. I’ll = I will What can I do for you? Is there anything I can do for you? 1) Here you are. 2) Thanks a lot. 3) You are welcome. 4) How much is it? What’s the price of it? Here it is . It is here. Thank you very much. That’s all right. = = = = = = = = That’s OK. Not at all. It’s my pleasure. 1. I need a sweater for school. 我需要一件毛衣上学穿。 介词 “for” 表示目的，译为 “ 为 …… ；去做 ……” ； need…for… 表示“需要……去做…… ” 。 例句： What do you want for your birthday party? We need some fruit for the salad. Language points 2. It looks nice. 它看起来很漂亮。 这句话 的结构 与 That sounds good. 属于同一类型， look 表示“ 看起来；看上去 ”，后面接形容词。 例句： That teacher looks old. 那位老师看上去年长。 This pair of shoes looks nice on you. 这双鞋穿在你脚上很好看。 1 ）在此句中，介词 for 用来表示物品的价格，用法为： 价格 +for+ 具体物品 例句： It’s 30 yuan for this bag. 这个包三十元。 How much is it for the two? （买）两个多少钱？ 3. Two dollars for one pair and three dollars for two pairs . 两美元一双，三美元两双。 2 ） pair 表示“ 双；对；套；副 ”，通常 与介词 of 搭配 ， 表示裤子、鞋袜、手套、眼镜等由两个部分组成的 物品的量。 例句： a pair of trousers/shorts 一条长裤 / 短裤 two pairs of soccer shoes/socks 两双足球鞋 / 袜 many pairs of glasses 许多副眼镜 4. — Can I help you? 您想买什么吗？ — Yes, please. I need a sweater for school. 是的。我想买一件毛衣上学穿。 Can I help you? 是服务用语 , 在不同的场合意义不同： 1) — Can I help you? 您想吃点什么吗 ? ( 在餐馆 ) — Yes, please. I want a banana pie. 是的。我要个香蕉派。 2) — Can I help you? 您想借什么书吗？ ( 在图书馆 ) — Yes, please. I need an English dictionary. 是的。我想借一本英语词典。 3) — Can I help you? 您想买什么吗 ? ( 在商场 ) — Yes. I want to buy a bag. 是的。我想买个包。 【 链接 】 句子 What can I do for you? 和 Can I help you? 同义 , 有时可以互换。 No, thanks. Just have a look. ANSWERS: Yes, please. I need / want … 5. — The shirt is at a good price for only 20 dollars. — OK. ___________ ( 我买它了 ). I’ll take it 【 点拨 】 I’ll take it 是购物时的常用语。 当顾客选定 商品，决定购买时，就可以用这句话表示“ 我要 买下了 ”。 6 . — Excuse me. Is this your dictionary? — Yes, it is. — ____________ . A. Thank you B. Here you are C. Here they are 【点拨】 Here you are 是我们把对方所要的东西递给对方时的常用语，意为 “ 给你 ”。 该表达为 倒 装语序 ，即“ Here+ 主语 ( 代词 )+ 谓语 ”。 Here you are 6. 我买下了 ___________ 7. 看起来真漂亮 __________ 8. 那听起来不错： _________________ 1. 怎么样 __________ 2. 多少钱 __________ 3. 一副眼镜 ______________ 4. 两条裤子 __________________ 5. 给你 _____________ Ⅰ . 翻译下列短语或句子。 how about how much a pair of glasses two pairs of trousers Here you are. I’ll take/get it. It looks nice. That sounds good. Exercises The jacket is too small for me. Please give me a _____ one. 2. — Jane, do you _____ a new schoolbag for school? — Yes, I do. Ⅱ. 用方框中单词的适当形式填空，补全句子。 woman, big, take, need, pair bigger need 3. — Who is the ______ in red? — Oh, she is our English teacher. 4. — The sweater is very nice on you. And it’s only 88 yuan . — OK. I’ll ____ it. 5. I want to buy these two ____ of trousers. They look very nice. woman, big, take, need, pair woman take pairs 中考链接 ―What does your cousin look like? Is he tall or_____? —He is tall. And he is strong. short B. thin C. long D. small 小的 瘦的 短的；矮的 长的 由回答“他很高”可知上句是选择疑问句，问高或矮。 A: Can I help you? 您要点什么吗？ B: Yes, please. 是的。 A: How much (is /are...)? 多少钱？ B: It is $ 3. 它是三美元。 A: I’ll take / buy / get it. 我买下了。 B: Here you are. 给您。 Summary 1. Make a survey about your parents’  clothes and their prices.2. Read 2e and role-play the conversation. Homework Section A Grammar Focus-3c Review the colors and review how to ask prices . Language Goal Be able to dress up and choose your own clothes. Be able to buy things. Emotional Goals ＄ 7 ＄ 9 A: How much is this _______? B: It’s _____________. Look and say A: How much is the _______? B: It’s _____________. T-shirt seven dollars sweater nine dollars Review ＄ 5 ＄ 8 A: _________ is the _____? B: _______________. How much shirt It’s eight dollars A: ____________________? B: _______________. How much is the skirt It’s five dollars ＄ 4 ＄ 6 A: How much ________ trousers ? B: ________ six dollars . are these They’re A: How much ______________? B: ____________________. are these shorts They’re four dollars ＄ 10 ＄ 2 A: How much _____________? B: ___________________. are the socks They’re two dollars A: _______________________? B: ___________________. How much are these shoes They’re ten dollars What color is it? It's... black orange red white yellow What color are these? They're... blue red white What color is it? It's... It's black and white. Talk about the color s of these things with your partner. What colors are your clothes? How much are they? How much is the hat? It’s five dollars. How much is this T-shirt? It’s seven dollars. How much is that brown sweater? It’s eight dollars. How much are these socks? They’re two dollars. How much are those black trousers? They’re nine dollars. Grammar Focus Grammer Focus 1. ___________ is this dress? It's ______________. 这件裙子多少钱？ 它 20 美元。 2. __________ is that hat? It's _____________. 那个帽子多少钱？ 它 5 美元。 3. How much ___________ socks? ___________ eight yuan. 这些短袜多少钱？ 它们 8 元。 4. How much ___________ shoes? _________ 50 yuan. 那些鞋子多少钱？ 它们 50 元。 How much They're are thoes They're are these five dollars twenty dollars How much Make sentences in the chart with the words in the three boxes. How much is…? How much are…? the yellow T-shirt the this that these those yellow green purple blue brown red white black T-shirt hat trousers skirt sweater socks jacket bag 3a Look at the pictures and write the questions and answers. 1. How much is the hat ? 2 . How much is the bag? 3. How much is the T-shirt? 4. They’re three dollars. 5. It’s nine dollars. 6. It’s eight dollars. It’s five dollars. It’s ten dollars. It’s six dollars. How much are the socks? How much is the sweater? How much is the skirt? $5.00 $10.00 $6.00 $3.00 $9.00 $8.00 3b B: How much are the socks? A: Umm, they’re three dollars. $5.00 $10.00 $6.00 $3.00 $9.00 $8.00 Student A, look at the pictures in 3b for a minute and then close your book. Student B, ask questions. 3c $ 12 $ 14 Quick eyes $ 13 $ 5 $ 2 $ 3 $ 7 $ 6 $ 4 $ 9 $ 8 Best seller (group work) I have only 30 dollars and I want to buy some clothes for a party. Can you offer me some nice clothes? ( 为自己的商店打广告 ) Please come to my shop. In my shop, the sweater is… dollars. The shoes are… dollars. Come and see for yourself. We should buy the right things, not the expensive ones. ( 只买对的 , 不买贵 的。 ) Please save money. Don’t waste money. ( 节约 钱。不 浪费 钱。 ) How much are these socks ? 这双袜子多少钱？ 例句： How much is that pen ? 那 支钢笔多少钱？ How much is the broccoli ? 花 椰菜多少钱？ How much are these tomatoes ? 这 些西红柿多少钱？ Language points how much 意为 “多少” ， 常用 于询问价格。如果询问 的 是可数名词 单数或不可数名词的价 格 , 后面的 be 动词形 式用 is ； 如果询问的 是可数名词复数的 价格 ， be 动词形式用 are 。 【 链接 】how much 也通常用来询问数量 , 后接不可数名词。 例句： How much water is there in the bottle? 瓶子里有多少水？ How much salad is there in the bowl? 碗里有多少沙拉？ 如修饰 可数名词 问数 量，则用 how many 。 例句 ： How many apples are there in the bag? 袋 子里有多少苹果？ 2) socks, shoes, shorts, trousers 这类物品常常成对出 现 , 所以它们作主语时 , 和它们搭配的谓语动词用 复数形式。 例句： Are those trousers Jim’s? 那是吉姆的裤子吗？ The shorts are 58 dollars. 这条短裤 58 美元。 【 链接 】 如果这类词前面有“ ... pair(s) of ( …… 条 / 双 ) ” 修饰， 谓语动词就要根据 pair 的单复数形式发生相应的变化。　 例句： This pair of trousers is 98 yuan . 这条裤子 98 元。 Two pairs of blue shoes are 200 dollars. 两双蓝鞋 200 美元。 Ⅰ . 按要求写出下列词的适当形式。 1. short( 反义词 ) 2. black( 对应词 ) 3. this( 复数 ) 4. shoe( 复数 ) 5. small( 反义词 ) long white these shoes big 6. dollars( 单数 ) 7. have ( 三单 ) ______ 8. those( 单数 ) ______ 9. does not( 缩写 ) ______ 10. isn’t ( 复数 ) ______ dollar has that doesn’t aren’t Exercises 1. — What can I do for you? — ______________. A . Yes, you can give a skirt to me B . I want a skirt C . No, I can do it myself D . I can do what I want 2. — How much ______ the skirt? — ______ thirty yuan ． A . is; It’s B . are; They’re C . is; They’re D . are ; It’s II . 单项选择。 B A 3. The yellow shorts ______ 15 yuan . A. is on sale B . are on sale C. are on sell for D . are on sale for 4. This hat is _____. A. 10 yuan ’s B . 10 dollar C. 10 dollars D . dollar 10 5. I think your trousers _____ very nice ． A . be B . is C . am D . are C D D III . 根据提示完成句子。 1. — Thank you ． — You’re welcome. ( 改为同义句 ) — Thank you ． — That’s _________ ． 2. The red sweater is only 30 dollars . ( 对画线部分提问 ) ___________ is the red sweater? all right How much 3. I want a pair of shoes . ( 对画线部分提 问 ) _____ ___ you want? 4. He likes yellow . ( 对画线部分提问 ) _____ _____ _____ he like? 5. Those black bags are 30 yuan . ( 对画线部分提问 ) _____ _____ _____ those black bags? 6. I can help you. ( 一般疑问句 ) ____ you help _____? What do What color does How much are Can me Ⅳ. 完成对话。 A: 1._____________ CK clothes store. Can I help you? B: Yes, please. I want a shirt for my son. A: 2._______________________? B: Blue. A: 3.______________________? B: Let me have a look. 4.______________. Do you have a small one? What color does he like What about this one Oh! It’s too big Welcome to A: Yes. ______________________ . B: How much is it? A: It’s 60 yuan . B: Oh, no, it’s too dear. Can it be a little cheaper ？ A: OK, Come on. What about 55 yuan ? B: OK. ______________________ . Thanks. A: ______________________________ . I’ll take it Here you are You’re welcome Summary A girl wants to buy a hat, and you're the seller. Please complete the conversation.(S: you G: girl) S:__________________ G:Yes, please. I want to buy a hat. S:How about this ______ one? G:Sorry, I don't _____ this color. S:How about this white hat? G:It's too ______. Can I help you? red like small S:And how about this _______one? G:__________________ S: It's 10 dollars. G:OK. _______________ S:Here you are. I'll take it. How much is it? yellow 1. Review the words; socks T-shirt shorts sweater bag hat trousers shoes 2. Recite ( 背诵 ) the sentences in Grammar Focus. 3. Practice the colors and price. Homework Section B 1a-1e To learn to count the numbers over 10 and find out the rules. Review how to ask prices. Language Goals Learn to know and use more numbers in our daily life. Emotional Goal one Numbers review two three four five six seven eight nine ten Hello! It’s 86501973... Can you read the phone number? ten eleven twelve thirteen fourteen fifteen 十 十一 十二 十三 十四 十五 Can you count the numbers? sixteen seventeen eighteen nineteen twenty thirty 十六 十七 十八 十九 二十 三十 17 12 15 16 13 18 14 11 19 Can you read them? el e ven tw e lve s e venteen four teen fif teen six teen nine teen eigh teen thir teen 10 t e n 21 24 23 22 thirty 25 twenty -six twenty -seven twenty -eight twenty -nine twenty -one twenty -two twenty -three twenty -four twenty -five 30 26 27 29 28 thirty -one 31 twenty 20 one two three four five six seven eight nine ten eleven twelve thir teen four teen fif teen six teen seven teen eigh teen nine teen twen ty thir ty for ty fif ty six ty seven ty eigh ty nine ty twenty-one … twenty-nine thirty-one … thirty-nine forty-one … forty-nine fifty-one … fifty-nine sixty-one … sixty-nine seventy-one … seventy-nine eighty-one … eighty-nine ninety-one … ninety-nine hundred Learn these numbers and find out the rules: 掌握 基数词 的拼写。 Listen and repeat. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1a Count from 10 to 50 Group competition 比一比哪个小组最先数完 Can you count them in English? How many hands are there in the picture? Can you count them in English? How many pencils are there in the picture? Row 1: ten___ eleven___ twelve___ thirteen___ fourteen___ Row 2: twenty-five____ twenty-six_____ twenty-seven___ twenty-eight____ twenty-nine___ Row 3: twenty____ twenty-one____ twenty-two___ twenty-three___ twenty-four____ Row 4: fifteen______ sixteen______ seventeen______ eighteen_______ nineteen_____ Row 5: thirty____ thirty-one_______ Write the numbers in 1a next to the correct word. Which rows of numbers are in the wrong places? 10 11 12 13 14 25 26 27 28 29 20 21 22 23 24 15 16 17 18 19 30 31 1b Can you write these numbers? 11 27 17 21 16 20 18 33 30 Listen and circle the numbers you hear in 1a. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1c ( 小组竞赛：你能做出这些数学题吗 ?) 1. One and two is ________. 2. Eleven and twenty-four is _________. 3. Forty-five plus five is _______. 4. Eight minus three is _______. three thirty-five fifty five Can you deal with these math problems? 5. Sixty-two minus ten is __________. 6. Multiply five by nine is __________. 7. Eight divided by two is ___________. fifty-two forty-five four 计算： 加 and / plus 减 minus 乘 multiply… by… 除 … divide by… 14 个西红柿 23 件衬衫 8 双红袜子 35 个草莓 5 条短裤 48 件毛衣 fourteen tomatoes twenty-three shirts eight pairs of red socks thirty-five strawberries five pairs of shorts forty-eight sweaters Practice Listen again. Circle the things in the picture that Kate and her mom talk about. Check( √ ) the thing Kate buys. 1d a white bag Ask and answer questions about the things in the picture above. A: How much is the white bag? B: It is ＄ 17. 1e T-shirt s A: How much are the two white T-shirts? B: They are ＄ 30. ＄ 30 Join in a group, and ask the prices of the group members' clothes. Make a survey How much is your hat? It's ＄ 12. Ⅰ. 根据要求完成句子。 1. Sandy likes the green sweater. ( 变成否定句 ) Sandy ______________ the green sweater. 2. How much are these black shoes? ( 回答 ) _________four dollars. 3. I want green .( 变成 what 问句 ) ____________ do you want? They’re What color doesn’t like Exercises 4. I like oranges. ( 变成一般疑问句 ) _________ like oranges? 5. This bag is three dollars . ( 就画线部分提问 ) ____________ is this bag? Do you How much II . 根据句意填空。 1. My skirts are not green. They are y_____ ． 2. How m____ is this T-shirt? Five dollars ． 3. What c_____ do you need? Purple ． 4. Thank you. You’re w_______ ． 5. We have sweaters in all c_____ ． uch olor elcome olors ellow III . 写出括号中数字的英语单词。 1. My uncle is ____________ (25) years old ． 2. — How much is this hat? — It’s _________ (11) dollars ． 3. My teacher is only __________(22)years old ． 4. They have _______ (12) balls ． 5. _______(15) and _________(13) is ___________(28) ． twenty-five eleven twenty-two twelve Fifteen thirteen twenty-eight IV. 翻译下列句子。 1. — 这双红色的袜子多少钱？ — 12 美元。 2. — 那件白色的毛衣多少钱？ — 26 美元。 — How much are the red socks? — They’re twelve dollars. — How much is that white sweater? — It’s twenty-six dollars. Summary 1.Say the numbers in English: 11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,30,40,50,60... 2.What do you see? eighteen kids Homework Ask your parents what they bought ( 买 ) today. Write down the things and the prices. Thing Price Father Mother Section B 2a-2c Read the ad Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store to find out the prices for those clothes. To learn to understand an ad and write an ad. To learn shopping language. Language Goals Learn to read ads and find out the useful things on sale. Emotional Goal How much do you think these things cost? Match each clothing item with a price. 解释： clothing item 意为“成衣制品”。 1. a skirt 3. sock 5. shorts 2. a sweater 4. trousers 6. shoes a. $3 c. $30 e. $22 b. $15 d. $20 f. $25 $22 $25 $3 $20 $15 $30 2a Clothes ad ＄ 12 ￥ 120 ＄ 15 ￥ 50 ＄ 18 ￥ 113 ＄ 30 ＄ 11 ￥ 29 On Sale! How much are the clothes? Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store Read the ad and fill in the price tags. ad 2b Come and buy your clothes at our great sale! We sell all our clothes at very good prices. Do you like sweaters? We have green sweaters for only $15! Yellow sweaters are only $12! Do you need trousers? For boys, we have black trousers for only $22. Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store And shorts are only $16! For girls, we have skirts in purple for only $20. How much are our jackets? Only $30! And we have black shoes for only $28. Socks are only $2 for three pairs! Come to Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store now! things colors price for who green yellow black Fill in the blanks according to the passage: sweaters $15 trousers $12 for boys shorts purple $16 skirts $20 for girls $22 jackets $30 shoes black $28 socks $2( 3 pairs) sweaters What does the shop sell? 2. How much are the sweaters? 3. How much are the trousers for boys? Answer the questions: It sells sweaters, trousers, shorts, skirts, jackets, shoes and socks. The green sweaters are 15 dollars and the yellow ones are 12 dollars. They are 22 dollars. 4. How much are the skirts for girls? 5. How much are the socks? 6. What colors are the skirts for girls? They are 20 dollars. They are 2 dollars for three pairs. They are in purple. Have a discussion Mrs. Jones wants to buy clothes for her two daughters and her son, and she has ＄ 100. Which clothes do you advice her to buy? Join in a group and talk about it. Imagine you work at Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store. Complete the conversation and practice it in a group. You: Hello, I help you? Girl: Yes, please. I need a . You: How about these purple . Girl: Oh, I like this one. How is it? You: It’s only dollars. Girl: Oh, good. I’ll it. can skirt ones take 20 much 2c You: And what do you need? Boy: Well, I need a pair of brown _______ for school. You: What about this pair? They are ______ twenty-eight . Boy: Great. And do you have shorts, too? You: Yes, our shorts are only dollars. Boy: OK. I’ll take the and the . shoes 16 shorts shoes only dollars Role-play Practice the conversation in your group, and perform it in front of your classmates. Each group has a chance to choose your favourite two groups, and give your favourite group a . Come to / Come and buy… at… Come and have a look. Can I help you? / What can I do for you? — Does she like that white bag? — Yes, she does. / No, she doesn’t. — Oh, it’s too expensive. Can you give me a lower price? — Sorry, I can’t. / That one is cheap. — How much is it? — It’s five yuan . — I’ll take it. — Here you are. — Thank you. — You’re welcome. Shopping language 1. buy ( v .) (1) come and buy 来买 = come to buy (2) buy… from… 例句： I want to buy a book from the bookstore. 2. sell ( v .) — sale ( n .) 卖 例句： at Huaxing’s great sale 在华兴的大卖场 Language points sell the shirt for only thirty yuan 仅以 30 元的价格卖了这件衬衫 以 26 元的价格买了这袜子 buy the socks for twenty-six dollars have the socks for twenty-six dollars 同类对比 be on sale 在打折 , 降价 短裤在降价。 The shorts are on sale. 例句： 3. at very good prices “ 以非常便宜的价格 ” , at 表示“以 …… 的价格”。 例句： We have sweaters in all colors at ¥ 6 each! 我们所有颜色的毛衣都卖六元一件！ 4. Do you need bags for sports or school? 你需要体育用的包或上学用的书包吗？ 这里的 for 是 “为 …… 所用”的意思。 5. For girls , we have skirts in purple for only ￥ 20! 我们有女孩穿的紫色的短裙 , 只卖 20 元！ 1) for girls 中的 for 做介词 , 在此处表示对象，意为“对 …… 来说”。 2) 句中的介词 in 在此处用于表示物品的颜色。 3) for only ￥ 18 中的介词 for 用在此处表示价格 , 意为“以 …… 金额”。 6. Come to Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store now! Come and buy … at …/ Come and have a look at … 到 …… （买 …… / 看一看）。 Come and see for yourself at …! 快来 …… 为自己购物吧！ 7. 介词： from 从 to 到 , 给 从零到十 from zero to ten 从莉萨那买包 buy the bag from Lisa 把包卖给麦克 sell the bag to Mike 来酷先生的服装店 come to Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store — Does Mrs. Green have a ______( 服装 ) store? — Yes, she does. 2. I want to ______( 买 ) a new schoolbag for school. clothes buy 3. Do you ________ ( 需要 ) bags for school? 4. The red shorts on __ ______ ( 销售 ) are very cheap. need sale I. 根据句意及汉语提示，完成下列句子。 Exercises 5. My friends and I _____( 都 ) like the sports shoes. 6. — What’s the ______( 价格 ) of your new pencil box? — It’s 10 yuan . 7. The ______( 男孩 ) in a red hat is my brother. His name is Li Weikang. all price boy They have pens, pencils and notebooks ____ very good prices. 2. ____ girls, we have red skirts for only 28 yuan . 3. — Do you have hats ____ blue? — Sorry, we only have black ones. 4. How much is this pair ____ sports shoes? 5. The blue sweater is small for you. How ________ this red one? at For in of about II . 用适当的介词填空。 1. I’ll buy it. ( 改写同义句 ) I’ll __________ it. 2. This hat is big. ( 改为复数句 ) _____ _____ _____ big. The black T-shirt is 48 yuan. ( 对画线部分提问 ) ______ _____ is the black T-shirt? take These hats are How much III. 根据要求改写句子，每空一词。 Those sweaters are yellow . ( 对画线部分提问 ) ____________ ___________ are those sweaters? 5. How much is the book? ( 改为同义句 ) _________ the ________ ________ the book? What color What’s price of You are a clothes seller, and your partner is the customer. Make a conversation between the seller and the customer. Summary Recite the ad of this lesson and compete with your classmates. Homework Section B 3a-Self Check Review the words,phrases and expressions in this unit. Review how to ask prices. Review numbers and colors. Learn to use some adjectives. Language Goals Learn to buy and sell things in your daily life, and help your parents buy things. Emotional Goal big , small , red , green , Apple, I love you, Apple, I love to eat . a big red apple Warming-up short , red, long , yellow, T-shirt , T-shirt I love you. T-shirt, T-shirt I love you. 数 词 + ( 大小 / 长 短 + 颜色 ) + 名词 a short red T-shirt white red green blue yellow orange purple brown black pink color s 用英文以最快的速度说出所给数字。 24 31 18 11 29 hat T-shirt bag skirt short s sweater trouser s shoe s sock s 复数形式！ jacket Look at the things in the picture. Fill in the blanks in the ad. 3a Huaxing Clothes Store Do you like ? We have for only yuan . How much are your ? Only yuan . And red are yuan . sweaters 21 sweaters trousers skirts 20 25 Write an ad for your own clothes store. 3b Sample writing Come to Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store! Here is a great sale. We sell pants for only ￥30. Do you like socks? We have socks in many colors for only ￥ 3 . We also have beautiful skirts for only ￥ 55. Shoes and many other things are also at very good prices. Do you like them? Come and see for yourself! Your group is having a sale. You each have 200 RMB. You can buy or sell anything you like. Make a note of what you buy or sell. Group work GROUP WORK Clothes Buy from Sell to Price Pants Tom ￥ 45 Pen Grace ￥ 5 I/we have… Do you want it/them? How much…? It’s/They’re… I’ll take it. 1 . four + eight = ___________ 2 . seven + eight = ___________ 3. six + seven = ___________ 4. twenty - three = ___________ 5. seventeen +three = ___________ 6. eighteen - seven = ___________ 7. sixteen - six = ___________ 8. eleven + seven = ___________ 9. twenty - four - eight = ___________ 10. fourteen + five = ___________ twelve thirteen seventeen twenty eleven ten eighteen eight nineteen fifteen 用英文数字填空。 1 Describe what these people are wearing today . I: a pair of white socks, My partner: My teacher: Self Check 2 Put the sentences in order to make a conversation. A. Thank you. B. I’m sorry. We don’t sell bags. C. You’re welcome. D. Here you are. E. Yes, please. Do you sell bags? F. OK. I’ll take them. G. Can I help you? H. I see. Hmm… those blue trousers are nice. How much are they? I. They’re twenty-five dollars. The right order is: G E B H I F D A C A: Can I help you? B: Yes, please. Do you sell bags? A: I’m sorry. We don’t sell bags. B: I see. Hmm… those blue trousers are nice. How much are they? A: They’re twenty-five dollars. B: OK. I’ll take them. A: Here you are. B: Thank you. A: You’re welcome. The conversation Ⅰ. 根据句意和汉语意思填空。 1. Jim wants blue _________( 鞋 ). 2.I like that red __________( 毛衣 ). 3.The black _________( 短裤 ) are Sam’s. 4. I like _________( 黄色 ) color. 5. Those trousers are twelve_______( 美元 ). sweater shorts yellow shoes dollars Exercises 6. How much ________ the red sweater? _______ 13 dollars. 7. How much ________ the broccoli? _______ 1 dollar. 8. How much ________ they? __________ 34 yuan . 9. How much ________ these sports shoes? ___________ 60 yuan . is is are are 单数或不可数 is , 复数 are 。 单数或不可数 it , 复数 they 。 ( 单数 ) ( 不可数 ) ( 复数 ) ( 复数 ) It’s It’s They’re They’re II . 单项选 择。 1. The green shorts are _____ sale for $25. A. for B. on C. at 2. The socks _____ all colors are just 2 yuan . A. in B. for C. on 3. —_______ shoes are Linda’s? —The green shoes. A. Where B. Whose C. Which B A C 4. — ________ color do you like? — White and red. A. Who B. What C. How much 5. — __________ is that hat? — $15. A. How much B. Which C. What color 6. — Can I help you? — ____________. A. No, please don’t B. Yes, please C. You’re welcome B A B 7. — How much _________ those trousers? — They’re 25 yuan . A. is B. are C. am 8. His clothes ________ over there, in that room. A. is B. are C. am B B III . 根据汉语意思填空。 1. 这些黄色的袜子多少钱？ ________ ________ are these yellow socks? 2. 那个盒子是什么颜色的？ What ________ is that _______? 3. 你想要什么颜色的帽子？ What _______ of the ______ do you ______? How much color box color hats want 4. 我能帮助你吗？ ________ I _______ you? 5. — 哪件是你的 T 恤衫？ — 白色的那件是我的 , 这件黑的是我表弟的。 — __________ is ________ T-shirt? — The _______ one is my T-shirt. The ______ one is my ____________. 6. 我要买这个蓝色的裤子和紫色的毛衣。 I will _______ the blue _________ and purple _______. Can help Which your white black cousin’s trousers take sweater Ⅳ . 翻译下列句子。 1. 快到华兴大卖会来买衣 服！ 2 . 我们有红、绿还有白色的女式 T 恤，仅售 18 美元。 Come and buy your clothes at Huaxing’s great sale! For girls, we have T-shirt in red, green and white for only $18. 3. 我们有价格便宜的毛衣 。 4. 我们有各种颜色的毛衣 。 5. 你需要运动包吗？ We have sweaters at a very good price. We have sweaters in all colors. Do you need bags for sports? 6. 男孩子可以买到每双仅售 5 元的袜子 ！ 7. 任何人都付得起这个价钱！ 8. 亲自来华兴服装店看看吧！ Anybody can afford our prices! Come and see for yourself at Huaxing’s Clothes Store! For boys, you can buy socks for only ￥ 5 each ！ 1. Can you count from 10 to 50 ？ 2. If you want to write an ad, what should you tell people? Summary Remember the words and expressions of Unit 7. 2. Your neighbour's fruit store will be on sale on this weekend. Please help him/her write an ad. Homework unit 8 人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件 When is your birthday? Section A 1a-1c To learn the twelve months. To learn to talk about dates. Language Goals To know the date of your friends' birthdays, and to celebrate their birthdays. Emotional Goal Do you know the months of a year? Warming-up spring summer autumn winter Listen and repeat. MONTHS 1a Repeat the 12 months with you partner January 一月 November October September August July December June May April March February 二月 三月 四月 五月 六月 十月 九月 八月 七月 十一月 十二月 Match. 五月 二月 四月 三月 七月 十一月 九月 March November May April July September February New Year’s Day ( 新年 ) Women’s Day ( 妇女节 ) Tree Planting Day ( 植树节 ) May Day ( 劳动节 ) Children’s Day ( 儿童节 ) Teachers’ Day ( 教师节 ) National Day ( 国庆节 ) Army Day ( 建军节 ) Chinese Festivals （节日） Do you know the months? Spring Festival ( 春节 ) is in _______ or ________. Tree Planting Day ( 植树节 ) is in _______. Mother’s Day is in ______. Christmas Day is in __________. Teachers’ Day is in _________. Children’s Day is in _______. January February March May December September June Do you know the months ？ 小贴士： 月份前加介词 in . A: When is your birthday? B: My birthday is on ______. / It’s on _______. Listen and number the conversations.[1-3] A: When is your birthday, Linda? B: My birthday is on May 2nd. A: When is your birthday, Mary? B: It’s on January 5th. A: When is your birthday, Mike? B: My birthday is on June 3rd. 1 2 3 1b When is your birthday? My birthday is on October 10th. Practice the conversation above with your partner. Then make your own conversations. 1c When is your birthday? It is on September 6th . I'm little reporter. Move from your seat and interview five students the date of their birthday. Then do a report for your classmates. —When is your birthday? —My birthday is on.../It's on... ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Report — When is your birthday, Linda? 琳达你生日是什么时候？ — My birthday is on May 2nd. 我的生日是五月二日 。 when 作疑问副词时，意为“ 什么时候；何时 ”，常用于 对日期和时刻进行提问。具体日期前应加介词 on. 如 : When is the party? 晚会是什么时候？ It’s on September 5 th . 在九月五号。 Language points I. 单项选择。 1. — ______ do you usually make snowmen? — In December. A. Where B . How C . When D . What 2 . — is your mother’s birthday? — On May 15 th . A. When B. Where C. How D . What C A Exercises 3. When is ______birthday ?  A. Lucy B. Lucy’s C. Lucys D. Lucys’ 4.September is the _____month of the year.  A. nineth   B. ninth   C. nine   D. the twelveth B B II. 根据句意和所给的单词填空。 1. The ________ (nine) lesson is very difficult. 2. There are ________ months in a year. The ________ month is December. (twelve) 3. N__________ is the eleventh month of a year. 4. The first month of a year is J__________. ninth twelfth ovember anuary twelve Ⅲ . 按要求完成句子 , 并翻译成汉语。 1._________ is your birthday? My birthday is _______ June 1st. 2.How many months are there in a year? （回答问题） 3.The ___________ month of a year is July. 4.There are three ___________ （月） in summer. When on Twelve. seventh months 1.Tell the 12 months in order. 2.Practice the conversation: —When is your birthday? —It's on June 1st.How about yours? —My birthday is on August ninth. Summary Remember the twelve months and be able to write them. 2.Go home and ask your family members' birthday, and make a report in the next class. Homework Section A 2a-2e To learn the ordinal numbers. To learn to talk about dates in English. Language Goals To know how to express dates in our daily life. To invite your friends to your birthday party. Emotional Goals the first the second the third Know the order Summary Let’s learn the ordinal numbers. first 1st second 2nd third 3rd fourth 4th fifth 5th sixth 6th seventh 7th eighth 8th ninth 9th tenth 10th eleventh 11th twelfth 12th thirteenth 13th fourteenth 14th fifteenth 15th sixteenth 16th seventeenth 17th twentieth 20th twenty-first 21st twenty-third 23rd twenty-fourth 24th twenty-eighth 28th thirtieth 30th thirty-first 31st 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd 23rd 24th 25th 26th 27th 28th 29th 30th 31st 2a Listen and repeat. Look at the numbers.What rules can you find? Discussion 1.first, second, third, fifth, ninth, twenty-first, twenty-second, twenty-third, twenty-fifth, twenty-ninth, thirty-first, thirty-second, thirty-third, thirty-fifth... 2.fourth, sixth, seventh, eighth, tenth, eleventh, thirteenth... 3.twentieth, thirtieth, fortieth... Listen and circle the number you hear in 2a. 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd 23rd 24th 25th 26th 27th 28th 29th 30th 31st 2b Put the dates you hear in order. 9.5 7.4 1.17 8.22 2 4 1 3 Can you repeat the dates? Listen again. Match the names, months and dates. Names Months Dates Alice July 4th Frank August 22nd Eric January 5th Jane September 17th 2c 1 月 15 日 4 月 30 日 7 月 8 日 10 月 1 日 5 月 29 日 2 月 14 日 January 15th April 30th July 8th October 1st May 29th February 14th Practice these dates Talk about the children’s birthday in 2c. Then ask your partner about the birthdays in his or her family. A: When is Alice’s birthday? B: Her birthday is on September 5 th . A: When is your father’s birthday? B: His birthday is on ___________. 2d Do a survey Ask two of your classmates about the birthdays in his/her family, and fill in the chart. Who When My father August eleventh Role-play the conversation. Bill: Hi, Alan. Happy birthday! Alan: Thank you, Bill. Bill: So, how old are you, Alan? Alan: I’m twelve. How old are you? 2e Bill: I’m thirteen. Alan: When is your birthday? Bill: My birthday is in August. Alan: Well, do you want to come to my birthday party. Bill: Oh, yes. When is it? Alan: At three this afternoon. Bill: OK, great. See you! 1. How old is Alan? She is ________________ 2. How old is Bill? _____________________ 3. When is Alan’s birthday party? ______________________ Read the conversation in 2e and answer the questions. twelve years old. He is thirteen. At three this afternoon. A: ___________________ B: My name is Mickey Mouse. A: _______is your birthday? B: ____________________ November 18 th . Make a conversation NAME: Mickey Mouse DATE OF BIRTH: November 18 th When My birthday is on What’s your name? A: What’s your name? B: __________ Xi Yangyang . A: _______ is your birthday? B: It’s _____________. My name is When in June, 2005 NAME: Xi Yangyang DATE OF BIRTH: June, 2005 ’s 所有格 表示有生命的人或动物的名词所有格 , 单数名词和不 以 s 结尾的复数名词一般在词尾加 “ ’s” 。 如 : Kate’s cat 凯特的猫 Children’s Day 儿童 节 1. 名词的所有格 表示所属关系，即表示某物是“谁的”。名词所有格常见的结构有两种 ： Language points (2) 名词后加“ ’s ” 表示所有 , 意为“ …… 的”。 如 : This is Tom’s book. 这是汤姆的书。 以 s 结尾的复数名词只在词尾加“ ’ ”。 如： the students’ book 学生用书 the boys’ books 男孩们的书 (3) 如果表示两 ( 几 ) 个人共同拥有，在最后一个名词 的词尾加“ ’s” ： 如 : Eric and Cindy’s father 艾瑞克和辛迪的父亲 ( 两个人的父亲是同一个人 ) (4) 如果表示两 ( 几 ) 个人各自拥有 , 则须在每个名词后 都加上“ ’s” ： Jane’s and Helen’s rooms 珍的房间和海伦的房间 ( 两人各自拥有一个房间 ) of 所有格 1. 无生命事物名词的所属关系，一般常用 “ of ＋ 名词”来表示，即 of 所有格。如： a photo of my family 一张全家福 the name of the tree 这棵树的名字 2. of 所有格与 ’s 所有格有时可以互换，不过要注意 它们物主的位置不同。如： 狗的名字是甜甜。 The name of the dog is Tiantian ． ( of 结构 , 物主 the dog 在后 )The dog’s name is Tiantian ． ( ’s 结构 , 物主 the dog 在前 ) 2. — How old are you? 你多大了？ —I’m fifteen. 我十五了。 how old 意为“多大年纪；几岁”，常用于询问年龄。回答时可以直接用基数词表示，也可以用“基数词 + year (s) old” 表示。 What’s ... age?” 和“ How old is / are ...?” 意思相同 ， 可互换。如： What’s your age? = How old are you? 你多大了？ Ⅰ. 用英语写出下图中的日期。 Exercises II. 根据句意及首字母提示补全单词，完成句子。 1. D________ is the twelfth month of the year. 2. Please come to my birthday p______. 3. — How o____ is Mary? — She’s 14. 4. — W_____ is your birthday, Jane? — My birthday is on April 10th. 5. Jane’s mother buys her an MP5 player. She is very h_______. ecember arty ld hen appy III. 根据汉语提示完成句子，每空一词。 1. 我们在下午四点见面吧。 _____ _____ at 4 this afternoon. 2. 你想去她的生日聚会吗？ Do you want to go to her _________ _______? 3. 你多大年龄了？ _______ ______ are you? 4. 你弟弟的生日是什么时候？ ______ is your ____________ birthday? 5. 她的生日在六月。 Her birthday is ____ _____. Let’s meet birthday party How old When brother’s in June IV. 翻译下列句子。 1. — 你生日是什么时候？ — 我生日是十月十号。 2. — 你妈妈的生日是什么时候？ — 她的生日是三月十九号。 — When is your birthday? —My birthday is on October 10th. — When is your mother’s birthday? —Her birthday is on March 19th. — _______ are the students in your class? —Most of them are only fourteen. A. How long B. How many C. How old 中考链接 多大年纪？ 多少？ 多长时间？ 他们大部分只有 14 岁。 写出下列基数词的序数词形式： one, two, three, five, eleven, twelve, twenty, twenty one, thirty, thiry nine 2.Answer the questions: When is your birthday? When is your parents' birthday? When is your deskmate's birthday? Summary Write your friends' birthdays? Fill in the form. name birthday 2. Make a conversation with your brother or sister about your family's birthday. Homework Section A Grammar Focus-3c To learn to ask and answer: When is...birthday? His/Her birthday is in/on... How old is/are...? I'm/She's/He's ...years old. To learn to use”in” and “on”. Language Goals To know the age and birthday of others, and to know people around you better. Emotional Goal When is your father’s birthday ? His birthday is on … His/Her birthday is on … When is your deskmate’s birthday ? Pair work When is your birthday? My birthday is on October 2nd. When is his birthday? His birthday is on January 17nd. When is her birthday? It’s in August. When is Alice’s birthday? Her birthday is on September 5th. When is your father’s birthday ? His birthday is on April 21st. Grammar Focus first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth eleventh twelfth thirteenth fourteenth fifteenth sixteenth seventeenth eighteenth nineteenth twentieth twenty-first twenty-second twenty-third twenty-fouth twenty-fifth twenty-sixth twenty-seventh twenty-eighth twenty-ninth thirtieth thirty-first 序数词表 Grammar focus 1. _______is your birthday? It's ____________________. 你的生日在什么时候？ 在 1 月 21 日。 2. _______ is her birthday ？ It's ____________________. 她的生日在什么时候？ 在 5 月 8 日。 3. _______ is his birthday? It's _______________. 他的生日在什么时候？ 在 3 月。 4. _____ is _____ birthday? It's ________________________. Lily 的生日在什么时候？ 在 9 月 23 日。 5. ________ is your _________ birthday? It's ____________________. 你叔叔的生日在什么时候？ 在 7 月 17 日。 When in March on May eighth on January twenty-first When When Lily's When When on September twenty-third uncle's on July seventeenth Match the questions and answers. 1. When is Jenny’s birthday? 2. When are their birthday? 3. When is your brother’s birthday? 4. Is his birthday in July? 5. Is your birthday on February 1st? No, it’s on the 6th. b. Her birthday is on May 24th. c. Yes, it is. d. Their birthdays are in January. e. It’s on June 16th. 3a Role-play You are a reporter to interview your partner, and your partner give answers. Practice the conversations in 3a. When is Jenny's birthday? Her birthday is on May 24th. Q & A How old are you? When is your birthday? How old is your mother? When is her birthday? A: How ________ are you, Grace? B: ________ twelve . A: And ________ is your birthday? B: My ________ is on March 12th. How about you and Tom? A: Well, my birthday is ________ July 5th, and Tom’s birthday is __ December. Complete the conversation and practice it with your partner. old I’m when birthday on in 3b Find out your group members’ birthdays and ages. Line up from the youngest to the oldest. 3c Do a survey Finish the task in 3c and fill in the chart. Name Age Birthday Small talk What's the festival? When is it? What's the festival? When is it? Tree Planting Day March 12th Thanksgiving Day the fourth Thursday in November National Day October 1st the second Sunday in May Mother’s Day Brainstorm Match the dates with the festivals. 1. Teachers’ Day ( 教师节 ) is on ______________. 2. Christmas Day ( 圣诞节 ) is on _____________. 3. Labour’s Day ( 劳动节 ) is on __________. 4. New Year’s Day ( 元旦 ) is on ____________. 5. April Fool’s Day ( 愚人节 ) is on __________. 6. Tree Planting Day ( 植树节 ) is on ____________. 7. Children’s Day ( 儿童节 ) is on _________. What's the date? September 10th December 25th May 1st January 1st April 1st March 12th June 1st Name: Fecelia Date of birth: October 21st, 1979 阅读 ID cards, 完成下列对话。 Betty: Who are they? Cindy: They are my friends. Name: Cathy Date of birth: March 30th , 1981 Name: Ella Date of birth: June 18th, 1982 Cindy: Their names are _______, ______ and ______. They are pop singers. Fecelia’s birthday is on ____________. Cathy ’s birthday is on ___________. Ella’s birthday is on __________. Betty : Oh, how old are they? Cindy: ______ was born( 出生 ) in 1979, _______ was born in 1981, and _______ was born in 1982. Fecelia Ella Cathy October 21st June 18th Fecelia Cathy Hebe March 30th Exercises Ⅰ. 写 出下列基数词的序数词。 one ________ twenty ___________ two ________ thirty _________ three ________ twenty-five ___________ nine _______ forty _________ eleven ________ fifty-seven ____________ first second third ninth eleventh twentieth thirtieth twenty-fifth fortieth fifty-seventh Ⅱ . 用 所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.—When is your birthday? — It's on July __________ （ twenty-one ） . 2.The hen has _________(twelfth) little chickens. 3.This is my _______ （ one ） computer game. 4.—When is your school trip? — It's on September ________ （ nine ） . 5.Is it your grandma's _________ （ eighty ） birthday today? twenty-first twelve first ninth eightieth Ⅲ . 完 成句子，每空一词。 1.—_______ _______ is your grandpa? —He's sixty-five. 2.The _______ day of a week is Sunday （星期日 ） . 3.When is Christmas? It's ______ December 25th. 4.When is Tree Planting Day? It's _____ _______. 5.Teachers' Day is on __________ _______. How March old first in on September tenth Summary 1.When is the Spring Festival? 2.When is Dragon Boat Festival? 3.What other festivals do you know in China and western countries? Can you tell the date? Our National Day is on _____ first day in _____October . A.a ; the B.the ; a C . the; 不填 D.a ; 不 填 中考链接 序数词前要加 the ；月份前没有冠词。 Homework 1. Practice the conversations in this lesson. 2. Remember the 12 months in English,and be able to write them. 3.Ask three of your friends' ages and birthdays, and do a report. Section B 1a-1d To be able to talk about calendars by using ： When is Sally’s birthday party? It’s on October 5th. To learn new words: test, trip... Language Goals Be able to read the calendar and use it. Write down the important events on it. Know some important events in your family and take part in the activities. Emotional Goals game /g ei m/ Warming-up party /’p a: t i / trip [tr ɪ p] test [t e st] 1. __ English test 3 . __ school trip 2. __ party 4. __ basketball game d c b a Match the pictures with the events. 1a C d Listen and circle the events you hear in 1a. English test school trip party basketball game 1b September 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 English test School trip October Sally’s birthday party basketball game Listen again. Fill in John’s calendar. School trip 1c Ask and answer questions about John’s calendar. It’s on October 5th. When is Sally’s birthday party? 1d Do you know? It (New Year’s Day) is in ___________. January When is New Year’s Day? It (New Year’s Day) is on January 1st (first). When is Women’s Day? It’s on March 8th (eighth). When is Tree Planting Day? It’s on March 12th (twelfth). When is May Day? It’s in ______. May It’s on May 1st (first) . When is Children’s Day? It’s in______ . It’s on June 1st. June When is National Day? It’s in __________. It’s on October 1st. October Sally’s calendar: basketball game September 26 English test September 29 school trip September 27 birthday party October 5 Pair work Sally, when is the basketball game? It is on…… Sally, when is your English test? My English test is … Sally, when is your school trip? It is… When is your birthday party, Sally? My birthday party is… Small talk What activities do you have in your family? What's the date? My grandmother's birthday party is on January sixteenth. Sally, when is the school trip? 萨利，学校旅行是什么时候？ 句中的 school 是名词，用在此处修饰名 词 trip ，作定语。 apple tree basketball player woman teacher sports shoes Language points 1. Women’s Day is in _______. 2. ________, _________, _______ are in Spring. 3. Children’s Day is in _______. 4. The last ( 最后的 ) three months of a year are ___ ___ ____ ____________, and __________. 5. New school year begins ( 新学年开始于 ) in ____________. March January February March June October November December September I. 用月份名词填 空。 Exercises II. 用适当的介词填空，完成句子。 1. The music festival is ____ November. 2. Our English party is ___ seven in the evening. 3. Wang Li has a school trip ___ September 6th. 4. Can you go to the party ____ me? 5. I don’t like history. What _____ you? on with about in at III. 翻译下列句子。 1.— 你妈妈 的生日是什么时候？ — 是十月五日。 2.— 学校旅行 是什么时候？ — 是九月二十九日。 —When is your mother’s birthday? —It’s on October fifth. —When is the school trip? —It’s on September twenty-ninth. 1. your, birthday, mother’s, when, is? 　 2. birthday, my, is, 10th, on, October. 　　　　 3. his, is, birthday, on, September, 2nd? My birthday is on October 10th. Is his birthday on September 2nd? IV. 将下列词连成一个完整的句子。 When is your mother’s birthday? Summary 1.Write the 12 months in English on your paper. 2. How many festivals do we have in a year? What's the date? Homework 1.Remember the words and expressions. 2.Practice the conversation in this lesson and recite it . Section B 2a-2c To learn to read the school notice and list the activities and the dates. To learn to write a note to others. Language Goals To tell others activities and the dates, and to actively take part in the activities. Emotional Goal Art Festival Warming-up soccer game English Day School Day Sports Day Check (√) the activities you have at your school. soccer game school trip School Day book sale English Day art festival Sports Day party 2a Read the school notice and list the activities and the dates. Dear students, We have some interesting and fun things for you this term. On March 21st, we have a school trip in the afternoon. April is a great month. On the 12th and the 15th, we have two ball games, soccer and volleyball. 2b School Day is on April 22nd. Your parents can come to our school. Next month, we have an art festival. It’s on May 3rd. We have an English party on May 30th. And on June 3rd, we have a book sale in the school library. This is a really busy term! Have a good time! Dates Activities March 21st April 12th and15th April 22nd May 3rd May 30th June 3rd a book sale a school trip soccer game volleyball game School Day art festival English party Fill in blanks. We have ____________________________________ in April. We have _____________________________________in May. We have _____________________________________in June. soccer game, volleyball game and school day art festival and English party a book sale Judge the sentences true （ T ） or false （ F ） . 1.There is no activity in March. 2.There are three activities in April. 3.Art festival is in May. 4.English party is in the last day of May. 5.There are six activities in total in this busy term. F T T F F School trip is in March. Seven. English party is on May 30th, the last second day of May. A: Do you like a school trip ? B: Yes, we do. A: Why do you like it? B: Because it’s interesting . A: When is it? B: It’s… Discuss the questions with your partner. 1. What activities from 2b do you like? 2. What other activities do you like? 2c a speech contest a school trip A: Do you have a/ an…? B: Yes, we do. A: When is it? B: It’s… an art festival a basketball game a Christmas party a music festival Discuss We have… We don’t have… Yes No Month Day School Day Yes Art Festival No Sports day Yes School trip Yes English Day Yes 假设你是校长 Yes No Month Day School Day Yes April 19th Art Festival No Chinese Contest Yes August 3rd Music Festival Yes May 21st English Party Yes December 25th Fill in the chart. A: Do you have a School Day at your school? B: Yes, we do. A: When is it? B: It’s on April 19th . A: Do you have an Art Festival ? B: No, we don’t. Make conversations with your partner according to the chart above. Have a good time! 玩得高兴，过得愉快 I hope you will have a good time at the party. 我希望你在聚会上玩得高兴。 Have a good time (in) doing sth 做某事很开心 We had a good time in playing basketball. I have a good time reading the novel. Language points They have ( 举办 ) an art festival at their school every year. have 作动词，意为 “ 举行，举办 ” 时，后面跟 表示活动的名词，指举办某种活动 have a birthday party 举办生日聚会 have volleyball games 举办排球赛 I. 根据句意和汉语提示，用适当的短语完成句子。 1. They have an ____________ ( 英语测试 ) on July 5th. 2. —When is your ___________ ( 学校郊游 )? — On May 10th. 3. Let’s have a ______________ ( 篮球赛 ) after school. 4. Do you have an ___________ ( 艺术节 ) in your school? 5. ____________ ( 下个月 ), he will go to Beijing. English test school trip basketball game art festival Next month Exercises II. 根据要求完成句子，每空一词。 We have a ping-pong game on July 7th. ( 改为一般疑问句 ) ____ ____ have a ping-pong game on July 7th? 2. Do you like playing computer games? ( 作肯定回答 ) Yes, ___ ____. Do you I do 3. I’m twelve . ( 对画线部分提问 ) ____ _____ are you? 4. My birthday is on October 9th . ( 对画线部分提问 ) ______ ____ your birthday? 5. They want to watch a soccer game on TV. ( 改为否定句 ) They _____ _____ to watch a soccer game on TV. How old When is don’t want III. 翻译下列句子。 — 学校庆祝日是什么时候？ — 是六月八日 。 — 艺术节是什么时候？ — 是四月十九日。 — When is the School Day? — It’s on June eighth. — When is the Art Festival? — It’s on April nineteenth. 1.Retell the note in 2b. 2.What activities do you have in your school this term? Tell us the dates. Summary Write a note according to 2b and the following chart. Homework Month Day School Day April 19th Art Festival Chinese Contest August 3rd Music Festival May 21st English Party December 25th Section B 3a-Self Check Language Goals To learn to write about school activities and time. Learn to write a note. Emotional Goal Be familiar with some activities and their time,and be able to inform others. 1. Review the months . Review 2. Review the numbers . one two three four five six seven eight nine ten first second third four th fif th six th seven th eigh th nin th ten th eleven twelve thirteen fourteen fifteen twenty thirty twenty-one eleventh thirteenth fourteenth fifteenth twel f th twentieth thirtieth twenty-first Talk about the activities We have an ...on… We have a ... on... We have an ... on... We have a ... on... We have a ... on... We have a ... on... Think about your school activities, and then fill in the blanks. Activities Time Soccer game Basketball game English day School trip Art festival Activities Time School day Sports day Book sale English test Tell your friends about your school events in last table. We have a basketball game on … We have a book sale on... Complete the note with the words in the box. my school game September like basketball Dear Alan, Do you ______ sports ? Do you have a __________? Please come to__________ next week. We have a basketball ______. It is on ____________ 28th . See you there! Guo Peng like basketball my school game September 3a Role-play You are Guo Peng, and your partner is Alan. Retell the note to your partner, and then change the role. ( 比一比：哪一组能在最短时间内完成。 ) Write your own note to a friend. Invite him / her to an activity in your school. Use the questions to help you. What is your friend’s name? What does your friend like to do? What activity do you have in your school? When is the activity? Dear ___________, 3b 1. 先根据自己的实际情况回答四个提示问题。 2. 将四个答语连接起来，可以适 当地加 入连接词。 3. 按 e-mail 的写作格式 , 先向对方进行问候 , 或客套 。结尾 署名用 Yours ， XXX 或者直接署名。 4. 再通读一遍自己的作品，看有没 有句 式结 构错误或 语法错误。 写作指导 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Dear Tom, How are you ? Can you come to the basketball game in our school? I know that you like to play basketball very much. The basketball game is on August 10th . I hope you can come to the game. I believe that you can win the game. Peter One possible version When is New Year’s Day? What activity do you have? Have a talk When is Teachers’ Day? What activity do you have? When is National Day? What activity do you have? 1 Complete the chart with the correct forms  of the numbers. one first six twelve second seventh thirteenth three eight twenty fourth nine twenty-first five tenth thirty two third four fifth sixth seven eighth ninth ten twelfth thirteen twentieth twenty-one thirtieth Self Check 2 Write the dates for these holidays in China. When is Children’s Day ( 儿童节 )? It’s on . 2. When is National Day ( 国庆节 )? It’s on . 3. When is Women’s Day ( 妇女节 )? It’s on . 4. When is New Year’s Day ( 新年 )? It’s on . June 1st October 1st March 8th January 1st one ________ two _________ 　 three ______ four _________ 　 five ________ eight ________ nine ________ twelve ________ 　 twenty _________ thirty ________ first second third fourth fifth eighth ninth twelfth twentieth thirtieth I. 基数词变为序数词。 Exercises 1. 一幅中国地图 ______________ 2. 桌子的一条腿 _______________ 3. Sally 的棒球拍 _________________ 4. Bill 的堂兄 _____________ 5. This is ____________ ( 李雷的家庭 ). 6. Is that ________________________? ( 比尔家的一幅照片 ) Li Lei’s family a photo of Bill’s family a map of China a leg of the table Sally’s baseball bat Bill’s cousin II. 根据所给内容填空。 7. This is ___________________ ( 莉莉和露茜的 ) room ． 8. They are ____________________ ( 格林夫人的儿子 ). 9. It’s my ____________ (mother) bag ． 10. Are these the ________ (twin) books? 11. March 8 ( 三月八日 ) is ____________ (woman) Day ． Mrs . Green’s son mother’s twin’s Women’s Lily and Lucy’s 1. When ____ your mother’s birthday? A. am B . is C . are 2. New Year’s Day is in ______. A. December B. October C. January 3. Our school trip is ______ May. A. in B . on C . at III. 单项选择。 B C A 4. ______ is Art Festival? A. What B. When C. Which 5. —Let’s go swimming. —Good idea! It sounds _______. A. interesting B. boring C. difficult B A 1. Are you their friend? ( 做肯定回答 ) 2. Kate has a new English dictionary. ( 改为一般疑问句 ) 3. I have a nice ball. ( 改为否定句 ) IV. 句型转换 。 Yes, I am. Does Kate have a new English dictionary? I don’t have a nice ball. 1.Count from 1 to 30 and say the ordinal numbers. 2.Say the 12 months. 3.What festivals do we have in China? When are the festivals? What activities do we have? Summary 你还记得这些吗？ 1. 学校要举办艺术节，请根据下面问题补充内容， 并写一个通知。 2.Review for the test of this unit. Homework When is the Art Festival? Where is the Art Festival? What activities do we have? Who will take part in? unit 9 人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件 My favorite subject is sclence . Section A 1a-1c To learn different subjects science, music, math,Chinese,history … To be able to talk about preferences by using: What’s your favorite subject? My favorite subject is... Language Goals To learn the expression of subjects and to express your preference. Emotional Goal favorite subject science P.E. music math Chinese geography history adj. 特别喜爱的 n. 特别喜爱的人或事物 n. 学科；科目 n. 科学 n. 体育 n. 音乐；乐曲 n. 数学 n. 语文；汉语 adj. 汉语的；中国的 n. 地理 ( 学 ) n. 历史 New words Brainstorm How many subjects do you know? What are they? Chinese math Do you know them? geography English science art P.E. (physical education) music biology history art math science music P.E. subjects geography history Chinese favorite (= favourite) n. 特别喜欢的人 ( 或物 ) adj. 特別喜爱的，中意的 What's your favorite subject? B: My favorite subject is . computer What’s your favorite subject? A: What’s your favorite subject? Make a survey B: My favorite subject is . P.E. A: What’s your favorite subject? B: My favorite subject is . music A: What’s your favorite subject? Match the words with the pictures. 1. P.E. _____ 2. art _____ 3. science _____ 4. music _____ 5. math _____ 6. Chinese _____ 7. geography _____ 8. history _____ c f b e h d a g 1 a a h g f e d c b Match the subjects with the pictures. geography P.E. science English Chinese What's the subject is it? （考考你眼力） P.E. art science music math Chinese geography history Listen and circle the subjects you hear in 1a. 1 b Complete the words and say their meaning. Ch__ n___se _______ m___th ________ Engl__sh ________ geogr____ph_____ ________ h__st__ry _______ ____rt _______ sc___ ____nce _______ i a i y a o i a e i e 语文 数学 英语 地理 历史 美术 科学 Listen and fill in blanks. Hi, Anna! How's your ______ day of school? Hey, Linda! It's good. I'm happy to see all my friends. What ______ you? Me, too. And my classes are great. What's your _________ subject? My favorite subject is __________. What's ________? Hmm. Well, I like _______ and _______. But my favorite subject is ______. first yours science math art music about favorite Practice the conversation with your partner. Then make your own conversations. What’s your favorite subject? My favorite subject is art. 1 c What's your favorite subject? Recite the conversation in 1b and role-play it with your partner. Hi, Anna! How's your first day of school? Hey, Linda! It's good. I'm happy to see all my friends. What about you? Me, too. And my classes are great. What's your favorite subject? My favorite subject is science. What's yours? Hmm. Well, I like art and math. But my favorite subject is music. I. 写出下列科目名称 。 A. 音乐 _____ B. 美术 ______ C. 语文 __________ D. 数学 _______ E. 科学 ______ F. 体育 ______ G. 地理 ___________ H. 历史 ______ Ⅱ . 翻译下列句子。 (1) 你最喜欢的科目是什么？ (2) 我最喜欢地理。 What’s your favorite subject? My favorite subject is geography. music art Chinese math science P.E. geography history Exercises Ⅲ. 根据实际情况回答下列问题。 1.What's your favorite subject? 2.What's your best friend's favorite subject? 3.What's your grandmother's favorite food? 4.What's your parents' favorite month? 5.What's your deskmate's favorite book? art science music math P.E. Chinese history biology English geography politics computer Summary Translate the subjects into Chinese. What's your favorite subject? Why? 1. Remember the new words. 2. Ask your parents what subjects they learned and write them down. Homework Section A 2a-2d To be able to talk about preferences and give reasons by using: What's your favorite subject? My favorite subject is ... Why do you like ...? Because it's ... To learn the days of a week. Language Goals To talk about your favorite subjects and tell your classmates the reason. Emotional Goal subjects Review — do you remember? B: My favorite subject is . P.E . What’s your favorite subject? A: What’s your favorite subject? why because Monday Friday Saturday for sure adv. 为什么 conj. 因为 n. 星期一 n. 星期五 n. 星期六 确实；毫无疑问地 New words fun interesting boring difficult relaxing useful ( 有用的 ) cool( 妙极的 ) f free( 空闲的 ) Do you know their meaning? fun interesting difficult relaxing cool useful Describe the subjects using the adjectives above. Why do you like...? Because it is ... Small talk Days of a week Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 星期一 星期二 星期三 星期四 星期五 星期六 星期日 Weekdays ( 工作日 ) Weekends （周末） Sunday 在古英文中的意思是 sun’s day ( 属于太阳的日子 ) 。对基督徒而言，星期日是“安息日”，因为耶稣复活的日子是在星期日。约在西元三百年左右，欧洲教会和政府当局开始确定星期日为休息的日子，直到今日，世界上大多数的国家都以 Sunday 星期日为假日 。 你知道吗？ The first day of a week is . Sunday 注意哟 Put the days in the right order. Wednesday Thursday Monday Sunday Saturday Tuesday Friday 考一考 看谁反应最快 图片中没有星期几？ Which day do you like best? Why? My favorite day is Wednesday. Because I have music. Small talk Which day do you like best? Why do you like it? 2a Listen and put the conversation in order. 1 2 3 4 Pair work A: What’s your favorite subject? B: My favorite subject is... A: Why do you like...? B: Because it’s... Work in pairs to make your own conversations by using: Listen and match the subjects you hear with the descriptions. Subjects 1. art 2. science 3. music 4. P.E. 5. math 6. Geography 7. history Descriptions Fun interesting c. Boring d. Difficult e. relaxing 2b 根据单词做出表情。 interesting boring difficult relaxing What do you think of the subjects above? Make your own conversations using the words in 2b. Science. Because it’s interesting . What’s your favorite subject? Why do you like science. 2c Frank: Hi, Bob. How’s your day? Bob: It’s OK. I like Monday because I have P.E. and history. They’re my favorite subjects. Frank: Who’s your P.E. teacher? Bob: Mr. Hu. He is always plays games with us. Role-play the conversation. 2d Frank: That’s great! But why do you like history? It’s boring. Bob: Oh, I think history is interesting. What’s your favorite day? Frank: Friday. Bob: Why? Frank: Because the next day is Saturday! Bob: Haha! That’s for sure. I like Friday, too. Read the dialogue in 2d, then answer the questions below. What are Bob’s favorite subjects? 2. Why does Bob like history? 3. What’s Frank’s favorite day? 4. Why does Frank like that day? His favorite subjects are P.E. and history. Because it’s interesting. Frank’s favorite day is Friday. Because the next day is Saturday. Role-play Role play the conversation in groups ； Role play the conversation in front of the class. What’s your favorite day, dad? My favorite day is Sunday. Why do you like Sunday? Because I can relax on this day. What’s your sister’s favorite number? Her favorite number is one. Why does she like one? Because it’s the first. Why does she like blue? Because it’s the color of the sea. 注意：出现 he/she/it 单数时，动词要变成单数第三人称形式！ What’s her favorite color? Her favorite color is blue. 翻译句子。 1. 你最喜欢什么颜色？ 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 Language points 【链接】 favorite 可以与 like…best 互换使用 What’s your favorite subject? = What subject do you like best ? 【点拨】 What’s your favorite …? 用来询问对方的最爱， 意为“你最喜欢的 …… 是什么” ？ — What’s your favorite fruit ? — Bananas. 补全对话。 — Mr. Lee’s history is very interesting. — ____. We all like his classes. A. I don’t know B. You’re welcome C. That’s for sure C 【点拨】 That’s for sure 表示完全赞同他人的观点，相当于 汉语中的“那是肯定的” 、“ 确实是这样的” 或“完全没有问题”。 如： — Geography is too difficult. — That’s for sure. I. 根据句意及汉语提示，填写单词，完成句子。 1. Her _______ ( 最喜欢的 ) color is white. 2. Jim likes volleyball _______ ( 因为 ) it’s exciting. 3. Our class has a book sale _________ ( 周六 ). 4. I’m busy. I have no _____ ( 时间 ) this month. 5. _______ ( 历史 ) is an interesting subject. Exercise s favorite because Saturday time History II. 翻译句子。 1. — 他最喜欢的颜色是什么？ — 他最喜欢的颜色是紫色。 2. — 你为什么喜欢数学？ — 因为它很有趣。 —What’s his favorite color? —His favorite color is purple. —Why do you like math? —Because it’s interesting.   1. 单词： why because Monday Friday Saturday 2. 短语： for sure have geography play games with us your favorite day Summary 3. 句子 —What’s your favorite subject? —My favorite subject is art. — What’s his/her favorite subject? —His/her favorite subject is art. —Why do you like math? —Because it’s interesting. —Why does he/she like P.E? —Because it’s exciting. Homework 1. Try to describe your favorite things such as colors, fruit, vegetables. 2. Do you know your family members’ favorite things? Ask them and talk about your family members’ with your classmates. Section A Grammar Focus-3c To learn to ask and answer What- questions , Why- questions, When- questions and Who- questions . Language Goal To learn to express your preference and tell the reason. To learn to describe things related to you. Emotional Goals Review Can you put the days in order? A:What subject does he like? B:He likes _____________. A:Why does he like it? B:Because _______________. . Talk about the pictures. A:What subject does she like? B:She likes _____________. A:Why does she like it? B:Because _______________.. A:What subject do they like? B:They like _____________. A:Why do they like it? B:Because _______________.. What’s your favorite subject? My favorite subject is science. What’s his favorite subject? His favorite subject is Chinese. What’s her favorite subject? Her favorite subject is art. Why does Bob like history? Because it’s interesting. Why do Frank and Bob like P.E.? Because it’s fun. Who’s your music teacher? My music teacher is Ms. Xie. When is your geography class? It’s on Monday and Friday. Grammar Focus Grammar focus 1. What's your favorite subject? _______________________________. 你最喜欢什么科目？ 我最喜欢的科目是历史。 Why do you like it? Because it is __________. 你为什么喜欢它？ 因为它很容易。 2. What's his favorite subject? ____________________________. 他最喜欢的科目是什么？ 他最喜欢的科目是数学。 Why does he like it? Because it is _____________. 他为什么喜欢它？ 因为它很有趣。 3. What's her favorite subject? ____________________________. 她最喜欢的科目是什么？ 她最喜欢的科目是音乐。 Why does she like it? Because it is __________. 她为什么喜欢它？ 因为它是令人放松的。 My favorite subject is history His favorite subject is math Her favorite subject is music easy interesting relaxing Pair work Practice the conversations in Grammar Focus with your partner. Then close your text book and perform your conversations in front of your class. What When Who Why Which 什么 什么时候 谁 为什么 哪一个 Let’s see Fill in the blanks with what, who or why. A: ______ do you like history? B : Because it’s interesting. 2. A : ______ likes math? B : Eric does. 3. A : ______ is your favorite subject? B : My favorite subject is P.E. 4. A : ______ is your science teacher? B : My science teacher is Mr. Chen. 5 . A : ______ do you like art? B : Because it’s fun. Why Who What Who Why 3a Which day do you like best? Wednesday. Why do you like Wednesday? Because I have geography. Why do you like geography? Because it's interesting. Who is your geography teacher? Mrs. Wang. Choose two pictures and make your own conversations. Write questions for the answers. Questions Answers _________________________________? Because history is interesting. _________________________________? Science and math. ________________________________? His Chinese class is on Monday. _________________________________? Mary’s favorite subject is art. _________________________________? My geography teacher is Mrs. Qin. Why does he like history Which subject do you like When is his Chinese class What’s Mary’s favorite subject Who is your geography teacher 3b Interview three classmates and complete the chart.Then tell your group about the results. A: What’s your favorite subject, Jingjing? B: Music. A: Why do you like music? B: Because it’s fun. A: Who’s your music teacher? B: Ms. Xie. 3c Name Favorite subject (What) Reason (Why) Teacher (Who) Li Jingjing music It’s fun. Ms. Xie 特殊疑问句 以疑问词开头，常用的疑问词有 what, who, when, how, why 等 （因大多数疑问词均以 wh- 开头，所以特殊疑问句又被称为 wh- 问句 ） 一、 when when 作疑问副词， “什么时候，何时”用来询问时间，既可询问某个时段或时刻，也可询问具体的日期 。 例如： When does he go to school ? When is your class meeting? Language points 二、 why why 作疑问副词，“为什么” 用来询问原因或理由 对于 why 引导的特殊疑问句，答句通常用 because — Why do you like geography? — Because it’s fun. 注意 : because( 因为 ) 和 so( 所以 ) 在 英语中不能同时使用 , 只能选择其一。 Because we are good friends, we help each other ． = We are good friends, so we help each other. 三、 who who 作疑问代词， “谁” 对句中表人的主语、宾语或表语提问 Who is your best friend? ( 提问主语 ) Who does he play soccer with? ( 提问宾语 ) Who is the man in the room? ( 提问表语 ) 四、 what what 作疑问代词， “什么” 多询问某物，可以对句中的主语、宾语或表语提问 。 What is your first name? ( 提问表语 ) What does your sister like? ( 提问宾语 ) What ’s on the desk? ( 提问主语 ) what 还可作限定词，和其他名词 ( 如 sport, color 等 ) 一起引导特殊疑问句 。 What sports do you like? What color is her T-shirt? 1. ____ is your favorite subject? A . How B . What C . How much D . Where 2. The boy doesn’t 1ike math, ___it’s boring ． A . why B . because C . and D . or B B I. 用适当的 Wh- 疑问词填空，使对话完整。 1 . — _____ is David’s favorite teacher? — Mr. Wang. 2. — _____ does your sister like science? — Because it’s interesting. 3. — ______ is your breakfast? — It’s at 9:00. 4. — ______ is your sister’s favorite fruit? — Orange. Why Who What When Exercise s Ⅱ. 单项选择。 1. I  don ’ t  like history because it is ______.   A .  interesting   B .  tired    C . exciting     D . boring 2 ._____ is  your art teacher？ A . What   B . Who    C . When     D . Whose 3. She gets up _____seven ____the morning. A. in; at B. at; on C. at; in D. on; on 4. It's _____to play football. A. a fun B. funs C. fun D. funny D B C C Ⅲ. 用 方框中单词的适当形式填空。 Lin Mei has a very _______ day ______ November 11th. She has an ________ class at eight o'clock. She likes English but she doesn't like math. She _______ art at ten. Her _______ subject is P. E. Because it is _________ . She has P. E. at 11:00. She _______ her music teacher. She has music at two. Her volleyball _______ is at three. It's cool. After class she has sports at school. It's really a busy day. like,class,English,busy,interesting,have,on, favorite busy class likes interesting favorite has English on Who are you? Summary What ’s your favorite subject? Why do you like it? When is your...class? Which day do you like best? Why? Answer the questions: — _____ is your art teacher? — Mr.Miller . He is my favorite teacher. What B. Where C . How D. Who 中考链接 什么 怎么样 哪里 D 谁 Think and write down your favorite things and reason. How many things can you think out? Homework _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Section B 1a-1d To learn the adjectives: fun, interesting, boring, easy, difficult, free, cool... To describe subjects and the school schedule. Language Goals To descibe the subjects you like and don't like. To learn to introduce your school schedule. Emotional Goals free cool Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Sunday A.M. adj. 空闲的 adj. 极妙的；酷的 n. 星期二 n. 星期三 n. 星期四 n. 星期日 (=a.m.) 上午 New words Let's talk. What day is it today? Are you busy or free? What will you do today? Describe the pictures fun interesting free boring difficult busy Match the words on the left with their opposites on the right. 1a boring easy interesting difficult fun free busy cool Complete the words and say their meaning. b__r___ng f___e____ b___ ____y int___rest____ng c__ ___l f____n d___ffic___lt o i e r s u i e o o u u i boring easy difficult interesting busy fun free cool Listen and check(√) the words in 1a. 1b √ √ Listen again. Circle the classes David talks about on this schedule. 1c Listen and complete the conversation. Hi, David. How are you? Are you OK? No, I'm not. What's wrong? It's __________. So? I have two ______ classes on Tuesday. You don't like _______? No. It's so _________! My father says it's ___________. But I don't think so. So what's your favorite subject? ___________. It's __________ but ____________! When is your ________ class? It's on _______, ____________, Thursday and __________. I have to go now! I have _______, _________and ________this morning. OK, see you at ______ class. Bye! Tuesday Chinese interesting Chinese Wednesday Monday Friday math science history music math math difficult interesting difficult THINK 讨论：做听力练习时，如何听得又快又准确？和同学分享你的好方法吧！ It's __________...I have two ______ classes on Tuesday. Small tips: 1. 听前一定要先熟悉文本，有目的、有针对性地听。 2. 通过上下文推断答案。 3. 比较长的词汇或需要听的内容过于密集时用容易记录的符号等代替 , 如科目、星期几、日期等。 Role-play Practice the conversation with your partner, and then repeat it to your classmates. Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 00:00-11:59 A.M. 12:00-23:59 P.M. 03:00 3 o’clock A.M. 18:00 6 o’clock P.M. the morning the afternoon the evening in on at Let's learn. 08:00 o’clock 12:00 o’clock 20:00 o’clock the morning the afternoon the evening Monday Tuesday Wednesday ... in on at Match. Conversation What’s your favorite subject? My favorite subject is music . Why do you like music ? Because it’s relaxing. Conversation When is the class? It’s on Wednesday. Conversation Who is your music teacher? Miss Guo. Conversation Practice with your partner. A: What’s your favorite subject? B: My favorite subject is music . A: Why do you like music ? B: Because it’s relaxing . A: When is the class? B: It’s on Wednesday . A: What’s David’s favourite subject? B ： _________________. A: Why does he like ____________ ？ B: Because it’s __________. A: When is the Class? B: It’s on ______________. Talk about David’s favorite subject with your partner. Then talk about your favorite subject. 1d A: What’s David’s favorite subject? B: His favorite subject is... A: Why does he like...? B: Because it’s... A: When is the class? B: It’s... Practice with your partner, and make your own conversations. Exercises 1.I think it is _____useful book. A．an B．a C．the D．/ 2.—Why do you like English? —Because I think it is very ________. A． interesting B．difficult C．tidy D．boring 3.The dictionary is ________ for my daughter.I want to buy it. A．cool B．interesting C．useful D．free 4.Jenny likes Tuesday________her favorite subject is on Tuesday. A．after B．but C．so D．because Ⅰ. 单项选择。 B A C D 1. does, sister, like, your, music, why 2. favorite, green and blue, mother’s, is, my, color 3. math and Chinese, on, morning, we, have, Monday Why does your sister like music? My mother’s favorite color is green and blue. We have math and Chinese on Monday morning. Ⅱ . 连词成句，并翻译句子。 1.Use the adjectives to describe your subject. Sample: History is boring but useful . 2.List all the adjectives you know. Summary Homework 1. Remember the words and expressions in this lesson. 2. Practice the conversations: What's your favorite subject? ... Why do you like it? Because... What's your favorite day? ... Why do you like...? Because... Write your conversations down. Section B 2a-2c To Read Yu Mei’s letter to find out her preferences about subjects . To learn to write about your daily class schedule and your preferences about subjects . Language Goals To learn to describe your class schedule, and learn to descibe your subjects. Emotional Goal P.M. say useful from from... to... Mrs. finish lesson hour (=p.m.) 下午 v. 说；讲 adj. 有用的；有益的 prep. 从 …… 开始 从 …… 到 …… 太太；夫人 v. 完成；做好 n. 课；一节课 n. 小时 New words Talk about the subjects P.E. history math e science e music e biology art e geography English e Chinese e fun interesting boring difficult relaxing useful cool f free Think about the words to describe ( 描述 ) these subjects. music _________ art ________ English _________ history ________ science _________ Chinese ________ P.E. _________ math ________ Geography _________ What do you think of these subjects? Write a description for each one. relaxing relaxing interesting fun cool magic easy boring difficult interesting magic fun cool boring easy difficult boring 2a have 与学科名称搭配，表示“上某一学科的课”。英语中， have 与不同的名词搭配可表示不同的含义。如： have a class/lesson 上课 have breakfast/lunch/dinner 吃早 / 午 / 晚饭 have a soccer game 举行足球比赛 have a party 举办聚会 Let’s learn Now, make sentences on your own. e.g. I have music at 15:00. At 11:00, I have Chinese. I have P.E. at 11:00. Small talk Dear Jenny, I am very busy on Friday. At 8:00 I have math. It is not fun. The teacher says it is useful, but I think it is difficult. Then at 9:00 I have science. It is difficult but interesting. At 10:00 I have history. After that, I have P.E. at 11:00. It is easy and fun. Lunch is from 12:00 to 1:00, and after that we have Chinese. It is my favorite subject. Read the following letter. Underline the subjects Yu Mei likes. Circle the subjects she doesn’t like. Are Yu Mei’s ideas the same as yours? ` ` 2b Our Chinese teacher, Mrs. Wang, is great fun. My classes finish at 1:50, but after that I have an art lesson for two hours. It is really relaxing! How about you? When are your classes? What is your favorite subject? Your friend, Yu Mei Questions What does Yu Mei do at 8:00? What does Yu Mei do at 9:00? What does she think of science? She has math at 8:00. She has science at 9:00. She thinks science is difficult, but interesting. 4. What’s her favorite subject? 5. Who is her Chinese teacher? 6. How does she feel about art lesson? 7. How long does she have art lesson after class? Her favorite subject is Chinese. Her Chinese teacher is Mrs. Wang. She feels that it is really relaxing. She has the art lesson for two hours. Complete the chart. Subject Description math not fun/useful/difficult Now practice reading the passage and then retell Yu Mei's schedule. Complete Yu Mei’s schedule with the information in 2b. Friday Time Subjects/ Activities Time Subjects/ Activities 8:00 to 8:50 12:00 to12:50 9:00 to 9:50 1:00 to 1:50 10:00 to 10:50 2:00 to 4:00 11:00 to 11:50 math science history P.E. Chinese lunch art 2c Look at the schedule in 2c and make sentences with your partner: Chinese is from 1:00 to 1:50 . 1. Lunch is from 12:00 to 1:00, ... 十二点钟到一点钟为午餐（时间） …… 介词短语 from... to... 表示 “从 …… 到 …… ” ，用来表述时间、 地点等范围。 例如： from Monday to Friday 从周一到周五 from Beijing to Shanghai 从北京到上海 Language points 2. Our Chinese teacher, Mrs. Wang, is great fun . 我们的语文王老师是个很有意思的人。 此句中的 fun 不是形容词，而是一个 名词 ，表示 “有意思的 人；逗人开心的人；有趣的人” 。在这种用法中， fun 前面 可搭配 great, a lot of 等词。 例如： We had a lot of fun at Sarah’s party. 我们在萨拉的聚会上玩得很开心。 3. My classes finish at 1:50, but after that I have an art lesson for two hours . 我们学校的课（下午）一点五十分结束，但随后我要上两个小时的美术课。 (1)class 和 lesson ： ①当表示 “学校的课” 时， class 和 lesson 区别不大 ，美式英语中常用 class ，英式英语中常用 lesson 。 例如： Classes start at 9 o’clock. （学校）九点开始上课。 （英式英语： Lessons start at 9 o’clock. ） ②当表示 “某种技能、技巧性的课程” 时，常用 lesson ，较少用 class 。 例如： piano lessons 钢琴课， driving lessons 驾驶课。 ③当表示 “教材中的教学单元；课” 时，常用 lesson 。 class 则还有“班；班级”的含义。 例如： Now, Class, please open your books to lesson 9. 同学们，现在请打开书，翻到第九课。 (2) an art lesson for two hours 表示 “一节两小时的美术课” ，此句中的介词 for 表示 “持续某段时间” 。 例如： I have a class/lesson for 45 minutes at school. What about you? 我们学校一节课四十五分钟。你们（学校）呢？ 关于英文书信和电子邮件 称谓 正文 落款 Dear..., ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Your friend/Yours, ... 1. 我喜欢科学，它有点难，但是很有用。 I like __________. It’s __________, but it’s ___________. 2. 午饭后我上音乐课。 ____________ lunch, I ____________ music. 3. 我们所有的课程 4 ： 30 结束。 All our ____________ finish ________ 4:30. 4. 我喜欢历史，因为历史课很有趣。 I like ____________, because it’ s ____________. I. 根据汉语意思补全句子。 science difficult useful After have classes at history interesting Exercises Ⅱ . 翻译句子。 1. So we have the same classes every day. 2. She wants to be a singer in the future. 3. In my free time, I like watching TV in my room. 4. Sports are good for us, I think you should come with me. 因此我们每天上同样的课。 她将来想成为一名歌手。 在我空闲时，我喜欢在我的房间里看电视。 体育运动对我们有好处，我认为你应该和我一起来。 1. Let's talk about our schedule. I have...at...on...morning. I have...at...on...afternoon. ... 2.What's your favorite subject? Why? How do you think of your other subjects? Summary 根据自己的课程 表，给远方的亲戚写一封信介绍 自己周一到周五的课程表，并用所学形容词描述这 些课程。 Homework Dear... , _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________ I'd like to tell you my school schedule. I have...at...on Monday morning... Section B 3a-Self Check To be able to write an English letter to describe school classes . To review the knowledge in this unit. Language Goals To learn to write letters in English. And if possible, make a pen pal. Emotional Goal ◇Let’s talk. Do you have a pen pal ( 笔友 )? Who is he/she? Do you like him/her? What do you often talk about with each other? Read Jenny’s letter, and tell your partner what do you know after reading her letter. ◇ Let’s talk. Dear friend, “What is your favorite subject?” Miss Wang asks me . I don’t like any( 任何 ) subject. I like basketball only . I like to play with my dog, Nick. His name is Nick , he is 2 years old. Nick doesn’t like subjects. But his “ subject” is only running around( 跑来 跑去 ) with me. We’re good friends. Yours , Jenny What do you know from Jenny's letter? Hi, Mei Ling, Thank you for your E-mail. I want to meet you on Friday afternoon, but I am really busy. Let’s meet on Saturday. Is that OK with you? Dale I have P.E. at 1:00. P.E. is fun. Then at 2:00 I have math. It is boring. At 3:00 I have art. It is cool. Number these parts of an E-mail (1-3). 2 3 1 3a Write down the letter on your paper. Then practice reading it and try to retell it to your partner. Pair work _________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Friday Time Subjects Time Subjects Fill in the schedule below for your classes on Friday. 8:00 to 8:50 math 9:00 to 9:50 Chinese 10:00 to 10:50 music 11:00 to 11:50 English 14:00 to 14:50 history 15:00 to 15:50 computer 16:00 to 16:50 P.E . 3b Now write an e-mail message to a friend about your Friday. 称谓： 正文： 落 款： Dear ..., ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Your friend/Yours, ... 3c Descriptions School subjects Days of the week interesting English Monday 1 Add more words in each box. relaxing cool easy useful difficult boring … Chinese science math P.E . art geography … Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Self Check 2 Complete the questions with what, when, who or why . Then answer the questions. is your favorite subject? do you like it? is your music teacher? 4. is your math class? What My favorite subject is English/Chinese/Math … Why Because it’s … Who My music teacher is … / … is my music teacher. When I have a math class at/on … /It’s at/on … Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空 。 1. Math is very _________(use) to us. 2. The book is very _____________(interest). 3. My mother __________(watch) TV from 7:30 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. every day. useful interesting watches Exercises 4. __________(Eric) favorite day is Sunday. 5. I’m sure you like some ____________(subject). I like math and English. 6. After dinner I watch TV for two ______ (hour). Eric’s subjects hours 1. I don’t like playing ping-pong because it’s ______. A . funny B . relaxing C . boring 2. — What’s your favorite subject? — ______ . A. Yes B . Science C . Football 3. — Why don’t you like math? — Because it’s _________ ． A. interesting B . fun C . difficult C B C II. 单项选择。 4. I like music _______ it’s relaxing ． A . Because B . but C . why D . or 5. Why ______ your mother like red sweaters? A. do B . is C . are D . does D A Ⅲ . 阅 读理解。 Dear L iu Y ing， I'm Lucy from N anjing No. 1 M iddle S chool . I am 12 years old a nd we are the same age. Now I want to tell you something about my school . I have lessons from Monday to Friday . W e have P.E., m usic , Chinese , math and science on Monday. My favorite subject is science. I think it is interesting and useful. So Monday is my favorite day. Mr. Lin is my Chinese teacher. He is great fun a nd I like him very much. I like Chinese , too. I don't like Friday, because I have math on that day a nd I think it is very boring . I have no time to play after school. I have much homework to do. How about you? Please e- mail me. Your friend , Lucy 1. Lucy ______. A. is in China now B. is 13 years old C. likes P.E. very much D has Chinese on Friday 2. Lucy likes science because _______. A . she has it on Monday B . her science teacher is nice C. it is fun and useful D. i t is easy and interesting. 3. 画线单词 “it” 指代的是 ______. A . math B. music C. Monday D. Friday 4. 画线单词 “homework” 的中文意思是 _______. A. 购物清单 B. 教学计划 C. 家庭作业 D. 工作总结 5. 下列哪项陈述是正确的？ ________ A . Lucy has art on Monday B . Friday is Lucy's favorite day C. L iu Y ing is 13 years old D. Lucy goes to school five days a week. A D C A C Summary Subjects: P.E./art/science/music/math/Chinese geography/history Description: fun/interesting/boring/difficult/relaxing free/cool/useful Days of the week: Monday/Tuesday/Wednesday Thursday/Friday/Saturday/Sunday Wh-: what/who/when/why/which Words Phrases have math = have a math class have volleyball = play volleyball after lunch after class be busy be useful be difficult be interesting be boring be relaxing be fun for two hours Sentences 1 . What’s your favorite subject ? My favorite subject is geography . 2. Why do you like history ? Because it’s interesting . 3. When is your math class? It’s on Monday and Thursday . 4. Who is your English teacher? My English teacher is Mr. Wang . Homework 仿照练习 Ⅲ （阅读理解）中的文章，根据实际情况 ， 给 你的笔友 Paul 写一封信，介绍自己的学校。 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Dear Paul,